UNLOCKING
VALUE
Post Holdings, Inc. 2018 Annual Report
Net Sales
(in millions)
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
(in millions)
Operating Cash Flow
(in millions)
6,257.2
1,230.7
719.3
5,026.8
5,225.8
4,648.2
989.1
933.9
2,411.1
657.4
344.5
502.4
451.6
386.7
163.0
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
Net Sales by Category
POST CONSUMER BRANDS
WEETABIX
REFRIGERATED FOOD
ACTIVE NUTRITION
PRIVATE BRANDS
REFRIGERATED
FOODSERVICE
REFRIGERATED
RETAIL
29%
7%
25%
12% 13% 14%
Financial Highlights
(in millions except per share data)
Net Sales
Gross Profit
20 14
201 5
201 6
20 17
20 18
$ 2,411.1
$ 4,648.2
$ 5,026.8
$ 5,225.8
$ 6,257.2
621.2
1,174.4
1,547.4
1,574.1
1,866.8
Operating (Loss) Profit
(207.7)
212.7
545.7
520.3
587.5
Net (Loss) Earnings Available to Common Stockholders
(358.6)
(132.3)
(28.4)
34.8
457.3
Diluted (Loss) Earnings per Common Share
$ (9.03)
$ (2.33)
$ (0.41)
$ 0.50
$ 6.16
Operating Cash Flow
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
163.0
451.6
502.4
386.7
719.3
344.5
657.4
933.9
989.1
1,230.7
Adjusted Net (Loss) Earnings Available to Common Stockholders(1)
(16.6)
35.7
205.8
211.0
309.6
Adjusted Diluted (Loss) Earnings per Common Share(1)
$ (0.42)
$ 0.62
$ 2.59
$ 2.67
$ 4.08
POST HOLDINGS, INC. 2018 ANNUAL REPORT 1
In 2018, Post focused
on leveraging capabilities
across business units
to promote organic
growth and generate cash,
unlocking the value within.
TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS
Value Algorithm
1.
Post now derives greater
than 50% of its EBITDA
from businesses that grow in
aggregate >6% per year
2.
The remainder of EBITDA
is derived from cereal: a
high-cash generative category
Post accomplished much in fiscal 2018
despite a challenging environment.
Among this year’s highlights, we:
• Delivered on financial targets for the
year, including generating nearly
$500 million in free cash flow(1).
• Completed the acquisition of Bob Evans
Farms in January 2018.
• Successfully reorganized Michael
Foods and Bob Evans into pure
channel-focused businesses.
• Announced the formation of 8th Avenue
Food & Provisions (“8th Avenue”) via
a partnership with Thomas H. Lee
Partners, L.P.
Our scorecard ultimately remains
the value we build. During fiscal 2018 our
share price grew 11% from the beginning
to the end of the year, but with meaning-
ful volatility along the way. That volatility
has continued into fiscal 2019. From our
formation in 2012 through year end fiscal
2018, our share price has compounded at
an average of 21% per annum.
The macro environment remains
challenging. Last year the headline story
was Amazon acquiring Whole Foods and
its implications on traditional retail. The
channel migration toward electronic and
mobile commerce continued this year,
and this shift implicates supply chain exe-
cution, consumer marketing and product
2 POST HOLDINGS, INC. 2018 ANNUAL REPORT
Great Taste
All Bagged Up
2%
POST CONSUMER BRANDS
THREE-YEAR BAG COMPOUND
ANNUAL GROWTH RATE(2)
20%
POST CONSUMER BRANDS
U.S. READY-TO-EAT
CEREAL MARKET SHARE(3)
development. Our traditional channels
are becoming omni channel and this
will become the new normal. This year
“disruption” seemed the focus, specifi-
cally as it relates to new brands in old
categories. Disruption is not new. The
first disruptor noticed that a rounded
block would roll and thus gave birth to
the transportation industry. Unfortu-
nately, they did not plan enough drivers
for the wheels they invented, but that’s
another story. While disruption pre-dates
modern capitalism, the pace of disruption
has accelerated as new technologies
enable new ideas to commercialize at a
remarkable clip. The challenge we face
as stewards of your capital is to separate
the disruptors from the interrupters.
Disruptors permanently alter the land-
scape of a category and require response
and investment. Interrupters are, by defi-
nition, transitory and risk overreaction. Our
organization must be adaptable enough
to respond to disruptors — ideally to be
disruptors — and to ignore interrupters.
Our success or failure in this
challenge begins with our organizational
design. Summer reading this year
included On Grand Strategy by John
Lewis Gaddis. We highly recommend
it. In a passage that loosely describes
the difference between a decentralized
and centralized form of organization,
Gaddis writes, “Controlled environments
encourage complacency, making it hard
to cope when controls break down, as
they sooner or later must. Constant
disruptions, however, prevent recuper-
ation: nothing’s ever healthy. There’s
a balance, then, between integrative
POST HOLDINGS, INC. 2018 ANNUAL REPORT 3
and disintegrative processes in the
natural world — an edge of chaos, so to
speak — where adaptation, especially
self-organization, tends to occur.”
This in short is how we seek to create
value for you. By seeking to balance the
integrative and the disintegrative we
strive to find the equilibrium that leads to
adaptation. We believe that value can be
built by harnessing energy (integrative) or
by unleashing energy (disintegrative).
In 2018, we had examples of each.
Integrative – Bob Evans Farms
and Michael Foods
In January 2018 we completed the
acquisition of Bob Evans Farms. We are
delighted to welcome to Post the Bob
Evans associates. This transaction is
important in several ways. First, it
provides Post greater exposure to grow-
ing areas of traditional grocery — chiefly
the rapidly growing retail side dish
category. In a short time, Bob Evans
has become a leader in this category
which for the last five years has grown
approximately 14% per year(4). The
product offerings address large conflated
themes such as convenience, great taste
and affordability. The integrative nature
of the transaction is derived from the
Bob Evans business being highly comple-
mentary with the Michael Foods retail
and foodservice businesses. Michael
Foods’ Simply brand of potatoes is the
market leader in cut potatoes where
Bob Evans leads in mashed potatoes.
All retail brands have been combined
under Mike Townsley and Bob Evans
leadership and all foodservice business
43%
PENETRATION OF
WEETABIX BRAND
PRODUCTS IN U.K. HOMES(6)
#1
READY-TO-EAT U.K.
CEREAL BRAND(5)
Iconic
U.K. Brand
4 POST HOLDINGS, INC. 2018 ANNUAL REPORT
has been combined under Mark Westphal
and Michael Foods leadership. The
combination affords opportunity with
respect to both in terms of better cost,
service and merchandising. Finally, both
businesses share a common supply chain
which enables us to better leverage scale
across the platform.
Disintegrative – 8th Avenue Food
& Provisions
We have often said that on the spectrum
of strategic to opportunistic, Post tends
towards the latter. Nothing better
illustrates this philosophy than our
approach to private brands. Recall that
our prior parent was the leader in private
brands food, and was ultimately sold.
At the time, we perceived there to be an
opportunity for Post to be a consolidator
in private brands and we acquired several
businesses toward that effort. Eventually,
our prior parent became available in the
market. By that time, we had acquired
Michael Foods and we chose to allocate
capital in a different manner. This pivot
rendered our private brands business
less strategic to us. Nevertheless, we
continued to believe in the long-term
opportunity behind private brands.
With our capital allocation focused
elsewhere, and a perceived opportunity
to consolidate the private brands sector,
we sought a different structure and
announced in January of this year our
intent to “strategically partner” in this
pursuit. This strategic partnership could
have been via a partial public offering
and we initially followed that course.
During the process, we were approached
6%
EGG FOODSERVICE
VOLUME GROWTH IN
FISCAL 2018
Innovative Leader
and Partner
#1
FOODSERVICE PROVIDER OF
VALUE-ADDED EGGS AND
VALUE-ADDED POTATOES(7)
POST HOLDINGS, INC. 2018 ANNUAL REPORT 5
Quick-to-Table
Farm Fresh
14%
SIDE DISH CATEGORY
FIVE-YEAR COMPOUND
ANNUAL GROWTH RATE(4)
by several firms who saw similar
opportunity. In August, we announced
that we had reached an agreement with
Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. to recapital-
ize our private brands business into
8th Avenue Food & Provisions. The
transaction resulted in Post receiving
$875 million in cash while retaining
approximately 60% of the common equity
of 8th Avenue. We are delighted with the
outcome and we look forward to further
building this business with a great partner.
We are especially pleased to have Jim
Dwyer, an experienced business builder
and formerly the leader of our Michael
Foods business, running 8th Avenue. As
an aside, 8th Avenue in Brooklyn is where
Jim’s grandparents lived after immigrat-
ing to the United States.
2018 Performance
Post Consumer Brands Post Consumer
Brands continued to outperform a
somewhat sluggish ready-to-eat cereal
category. Our acquisition of MOM Brands
has over-delivered in cost reduction, and
we are applying the same discipline to the
North American operations of Weetabix.
Meanwhile, looking to the future of this
business and this category we had a
leadership change. Chris Neugent led
the combination of Post Foods and MOM
Brands following seven years as CEO of
MOM Brands. In July, Chris moved into
a strategic planning role working with
Weetabix and our other businesses in
honing their strategies for organic growth.
At the same time, Howard Friedman
joined us from Kraft Heinz where he ran
#1
MANUFACTURER OF
REFRIGERATED SIDE
DISHES(8)
6 POST HOLDINGS, INC. 2018 ANNUAL REPORT
Full of Good
Energy
Industry leading
growth in
ready-to-drink
shakes
31%
SHAKE NET SALES
GROWTH IN FISCAL 2018
their meat and dairy business. We want
to congratulate Chris for all he accom-
plished with Post and with MOM Brands.
We are fortunate to have his continued
commitment. We are equally fortunate to
be able to attract a business leader like
Howard — an exceptional executive who
we expect to lead our business in its next
phase of development.
Weetabix In 2017 we acquired Weetabix,
our first predominantly international busi-
ness. We had a challenging pricing year
in 2018 — mostly self-inflicted. However,
we have course corrected and remain
long-term confident. We invested at a
time when the pound sterling, as a result
of Brexit, was at a relative historic low
compared to the U.S. dollar. Brexit and its
impact remains a short-term uncertainty
that could create near-term volatility
until trading relationships between the
U.K. and its partners are clarified.
Refrigerated Food Michael Foods had
a stellar year, continuing to improve both
its level of earnings and its quality of
earnings. Bob Evans performed to our
expectations during the period under
our ownership.
Active Nutrition Active Nutrition contin-
ues to grow rapidly. We believe we are in
the early stages of category development
for several of our protein-based products
and we view this as a source of value
to unlock.
Capital Activities
Our capital structure changed consider-
ably in 2018. As you are aware, we view
capital structure a bit differently than
some of our peers. We tend to maintain
higher levels of leverage, and we do not
pay a dividend on our common stock.
We believe this approach balances
appropriate equity capitalization to
POST HOLDINGS, INC. 2018 ANNUAL REPORT 7
Platform for
Consolidation
We believe this freedom is imperative in
being able to respond rapidly to an envi-
ronment that changes rapidly. To again
borrow from Mr. Gaddis, we stand on the
“edge of chaos” and from that vantage
point attempt to extract opportunity.
As always, we thank you for your support.
2%
PRIVATE BRANDS
VOLUME GROWTH IN
FISCAL 2018
WILLIAM P. STIRITZ
Chairman of the Board
ROBERT V. VITALE
President and Chief Executive Officer
Leading provider
of private label
nut butter, granola
and dry pasta in
the U.S.(7)
support high returns in low growth
categories and it enables us to opportu-
nistically return capital to shareholders
or to invest in operating assets. In 2018
we did all the above. First, we generated
free cash flow(1) of nearly $500 million.
In tandem with the receipt of proceeds
from the 8th Avenue transaction (which
closed on October 1, 2018), we reduced
our net debt to Adjusted EBITDA(1) ratio,
as measured by our credit facility, from
5.7x to 5.4x. As mentioned, we acquired
Bob Evans and lastly, we repurchased
2.8 million shares of our common stock
for a total investment of $218.6 million.
We look to fiscal 2019 with optimism
balanced by an objective assessment of
the challenges we face. Our business has
an attractive blend of growth opportuni-
ties and cash generation capacity. Most
critically, each business is led by talented
executives with owner/operator mindsets
and the freedom to make decisions.
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_______________________
FORM 10-K
_______________________
(Mark One)
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018
or
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission file number: 1-35305
______________________
POST HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
_______________________
Missouri
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
45-3355106
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
2503 S. Hanley Road, St. Louis, Missouri
(Address of principal executive offices)
63144
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (314) 644-7600
_______________________
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Common Stock, $.01 par value
Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
_______________________
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405
of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit
such files).
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein,
and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of
this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or
an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any
new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of March 31, 2018, the last day of the
registrant’s second quarter, was $4,367,483,164.
Number of shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value, outstanding as of November 12, 2018: 66,573,470
Yes
No
Certain portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2019 annual meeting of shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission within 120 days after September 30, 2018, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Cautionary Statement on Forward-Looking Statements........................................................................................................
1
PART I
Item 1.
Business...............................................................................................................................................................
Item 1A. Risk Factors .........................................................................................................................................................
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments................................................................................................................................
Properties.............................................................................................................................................................
Item 2.
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings ...............................................................................................................................................
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosure .......................................................................................................................................
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities .............................................................................................................................................................
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data .......................................................................................................................................
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations..............................
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ............................................................................
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ...................................................................................................
Item 8.
Item 9.
Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.............................
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures......................................................................................................................................
Item 9B. Other Information................................................................................................................................................
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ..................................................................................
Executive Compensation .....................................................................................................................................
Item 11.
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters ...........
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ....................................................
Principal Accountant Fees and Services..............................................................................................................
Item 14.
3
9
23
23
24
25
26
28
30
46
49
97
97
98
99
99
99
99
99
PART IV
Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.......................................................................................................
99
Signatures...............................................................................................................................................................................
100
i
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT ON FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Forward-looking statements, within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), are made throughout this report.
These forward-looking statements are sometimes identified from the use of forward-looking words such as “believe,” “should,”
“could,” “potential,” “continue,” “expect,” “project,” “estimate,” “predict,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “intend,” “plan,” “forecast,”
“target,” “is likely,” “will,” “can,” “may,” “would” or the negative of these terms or similar expressions elsewhere in this report.
Our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows may differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements.
Such statements are based on management’s current views and assumptions, and involve risks and uncertainties that could affect
expected results. Those risks and uncertainties include but are not limited to the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
our high leverage, our ability to obtain additional financing (including both secured and unsecured debt) and our
ability to service our outstanding debt (including covenants that restrict the operation of our business);
our ability to continue to compete in our product categories and our ability to retain our market position and favorable
perceptions of our brands;
our ability to anticipate and respond to changes in consumer preferences and trends and introduce new products;
the possibility that we may not be able to consummate the initial public offering of our Active Nutrition business on
the expected timeline or at all, that we may not be able to create value in our Active Nutrition business through such
transaction or that the pursuit of such transaction could be disruptive to us and our Active Nutrition business;
our ability to identify, complete and integrate acquisitions and manage our growth;
our ability to promptly and effectively realize the expected synergies of our acquisition of Bob Evans Farms, Inc.
(“Bob Evans”) within the expected timeframe or at all;
higher freight costs, significant volatility in the costs or availability of certain raw materials, commodities or packaging
used to manufacture our products or higher energy costs;
impairment in the carrying value of goodwill or other intangibles;
our ability to successfully implement business strategies to reduce costs;
allegations that our products cause injury or illness, product recalls and withdrawals and product liability claims and
other litigation;
legal and regulatory factors, such as compliance with existing laws and regulations and changes to and new laws and
regulations affecting our business, including current and future laws and regulations regarding food safety, advertising
and labeling and animal feeding and housing operations;
the loss of, a significant reduction of purchases by or the bankruptcy of a major customer;
consolidations in the retail and foodservice distribution channels;
losses incurred in the appraisal proceedings brought in connection with our acquisition of Bob Evans by former Bob
Evans stockholders who demanded appraisal of their shares;
the ultimate impact litigation or other regulatory matters may have on us;
disruptions or inefficiencies in the supply chain, including as a result of our reliance on third party manufacturers
for certain of our products, changes in weather conditions, natural disasters, agricultural diseases and pests and other
events beyond our control;
our ability to successfully collaborate with the private equity firm Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., whose affiliates
invested with us in 8th Avenue Food & Provisions, Inc. (“8th Avenue”);
costs associated with Bob Evans’s obligations in connection with the sale and separation of its restaurant business
in April 2017, which occurred prior to our acquisition of Bob Evans, including certain indemnification obligations
under the restaurants sale agreement and Bob Evans’s payment and performance obligations as a guarantor for certain
leases;
the ability of our and our customers’ private brand products to compete with nationally branded products;
our ability to successfully operate our international operations in compliance with applicable laws and regulations;
changes in economic conditions, disruptions in the United States and global capital and credit markets, changes in
interest rates and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;
1
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the impact of the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union (commonly known as “Brexit”) on us and our
operations;
changes in estimates in critical accounting judgments, including those based on tax reform;
loss of key employees, labor strikes, work stoppages or unionization efforts;
losses or increased funding and expenses related to our qualified pension or other postretirement plans;
costs, business disruptions and reputational damage associated with information technology failures, cybersecurity
incidents or information security breaches;
our ability to protect our intellectual property and other assets;
significant differences in our and 8th Avenue’s actual operating results from our guidance regarding our and 8th
Avenue’s future performance;
our ability to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; and
other risks and uncertainties included under “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this report.
You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations
reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance
or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, we undertake no
obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this report to conform these statements
to actual results or to changes in our expectations.
2
ITEM 1.
BUSINESS
PART I
INTRODUCTION
Post Holdings, Inc. is a Missouri corporation incorporated on September 22, 2011. Our principal executive offices are located
at 2503 S. Hanley Road, St. Louis, Missouri 63144. We are a consumer packaged goods holding company, operating in the center-
of-the-store, refrigerated, foodservice, food ingredient, active nutrition and private brand food categories. Unless otherwise stated
or the context otherwise indicates, all references in this Form 10-K to “Post,” “the Company,” “us,” “our” or “we” mean Post
Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, which includes 8th Avenue Food & Provisions, Inc. (“8th Avenue”) and its
subsidiaries when referencing a time period on or prior to September 30, 2018 and excludes 8th Avenue and its subsidiaries when
referencing a time period after September 30, 2018.
On February 3, 2012, Post completed its legal separation via a tax free spin-off from our former parent company. On February
6, 2012, Post common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “POST.” As of September
30, 2018, Post operated in five reportable segments:
• Post Consumer Brands: Includes branded and private label ready-to-eat (“RTE”) cereal operations of Post Foods,
LLC, MOM Brands Company (“MOM Brands”), which Post acquired in May 2015, and Weetabix North America
(“Weetabix NA”), which Post acquired as part of its acquisition of Latimer Newco 2 Limited, a company registered
in England and Wales (“Latimer”), and all of Latimer’s direct and indirect subsidiaries at the time of acquisition,
including Weetabix Limited (collectively the “Weetabix Group”), in July 2017;
• Weetabix: Includes the businesses of Weetabix Limited and its direct subsidiaries (“Weetabix”), which produce and
distribute branded and private label RTE cereal, hot cereals and other cereal-based food products, breakfast drinks
and muesli primarily outside of North America, which Post acquired as part of its acquisition of the Weetabix Group
in July 2017;
• Refrigerated Food: Includes the businesses of MFI Holding Corporation (“Michael Foods”), which Post acquired in
June 2014, Willamette Egg Farms, which Post acquired in October 2015, National Pasteurized Eggs, Inc., which
Post acquired in October 2016, and Bob Evans Farms, Inc. (“Bob Evans”) after its acquisition in January 2018, and
is comprised of refrigerated foodservice, primarily egg and potato, and refrigerated retail, inclusive of side dishes,
egg, cheese and sausage;
• Active Nutrition: Includes the protein shakes, bars and powders and nutritional supplement businesses of Premier
Nutrition Corporation (“PNC”), which Post acquired in September 2013, Dymatize Enterprises, LLC (“Dymatize”),
which Post acquired in February 2014, and the PowerBar brand, which Post acquired in October 2014, and includes
Active Nutrition International; and
• Private Brands: Included the businesses of Attune Foods, LLC, which is composed of the former business of Attune
Foods, Inc., acquired by Post in December 2012, and the granola and snacks business of Hearthside Food Solutions,
LLC, acquired by Post in an asset purchase in May 2013, Dakota Growers Pasta Company, Inc. (“Dakota Growers”),
acquired by Post in January 2014, and Golden Boy Foods Ltd. (“Golden Boy”), acquired by Post in February 2014,
which collectively produce private label peanut and other nut butters, dried fruit and nuts, pasta products and premium
natural and organic granola, cereals and snacks, as well as the business of American Blanching Company (“ABC”),
acquired by Post in November 2014, which provides peanut blanching, granulation and roasting services for the
commercial peanut industry.
On October 1, 2018, Post, together with its subsidiary, 8th Avenue, completed its previously announced transaction with
affiliates of the private equity firm Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (collectively, “THL”), in which Post and THL separately capitalized
8th Avenue. 8th Avenue became the holding company for Post’s private brands food products business, which has historically been
reported and is reported herein as Post’s Private Brands segment. After completion of the transaction, Post retained 60.5% of the
common equity in 8th Avenue, which, effective October 1, 2018, is accounted for using the equity method and is no longer
consolidated in the Company's financial statements, and the private brands business is no longer considered a reportable segment
of Post.
On November 15, 2018, Post announced its intention to pursue an initial public offering of its Active Nutrition business.
Additional information about us, including our Form 10, Forms 10-K, Forms 10-Q, Forms 8-K, other securities filings (and
amendments thereto), press releases and other important announcements, is available at our website at www.postholdings.com or
the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) website at www.sec.gov (for securities filings only). These documents can
be printed free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after their electronic filing with the SEC or their release, as applicable.
Our Corporate Governance Guidelines, our Code of Conduct and the charters of the Audit and Corporate Governance and
3
Compensation Committees of our Board of Directors also are available on our website, where they can be printed free of charge.
All of these documents also are available to shareholders at no charge upon request sent to our corporate secretary (2503 S. Hanley
Road, St. Louis, Missouri 63144-2503, Telephone: 314-644-7600). The information on our website is not part of this report.
Our Businesses
Post Consumer Brands
Post Consumer Brands includes our North America cereal business which manufactures, markets and sells branded and private
label RTE cereal and hot cereal products. The RTE cereal category is one of the most prominent categories in the food industry.
According to Nielsen’s expanded All Outlets Combined (xAOC) information, the category was approximately $8.2 billion for the
52-week period ending October 27, 2018. We have leveraged the strength of our brands, category expertise and over a century of
institutional knowledge to create a diverse portfolio of cereals. Post Consumer Brands is the third largest seller of RTE cereals in
the United States with a 20.1% share of retail dollar sales and a 22.7% share of retail pound sales for the 52-week period ending
October 27, 2018, based on Nielsen’s xAOC information. Nielsen’s xAOC is representative of food, drug and mass merchandisers
(including Walmart), some club retailers (including Sam’s Club and BJs), some dollar retailers (including Dollar General, Family
Dollar and Fred’s Super Dollar) and military. Our RTE cereal brands include Honey Bunches of Oats, Pebbles, Oreo O’s, Great
Grains, Grape-Nuts, Post Shredded Wheat, Oh’s, Honeycomb, Golden Crisp, Post Raisin Bran, Alpha-Bits, Shreddies, Malt-O-
Meal branded bagged cereal and Mom’s Best. Our hot cereal brands include Malt-O-Meal Hot Wheat, Coco Wheats, Better Oats
and Mom’s Best Oatmeal. Post Consumer Brands also includes the natural and organic RTE cereal and snacking platform in both
branded and private label of Weetabix NA, led by the Weetabix and Barbara’s brands and the Puffins sub-brand, serving the natural
and specialty channels and conventional retailers. The Post Consumer Brands business’s products are primarily manufactured
through a flexible production platform at ten owned facilities in the United States and Canada.
Cereal and granola products sold by our Post Consumer Brands, Weetabix and the historical Private Brands segments together
for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 contributed 37.6%, 37.6% and 36.6%, respectively, to our consolidated revenue.
Weetabix
Our Weetabix segment primarily markets and distributes branded and private label RTE cereal products. Weetabix holds the
number two overall position in the United Kingdom (the “U.K.”) RTE cereal category. Its portfolio includes the Weetabix brand,
which holds the number one brand position in the U.K. RTE cereal category, as well as Alpen (the number one muesli brand in
the U.K.), Weetos, Ready Brek and Weetabix On The Go. Its main markets are the U.K. and the Republic of Ireland, where Weetabix
has deep relationships with all key retailers and key players in wholesale and foodservice. Weetabix also distributes products to
multiple countries throughout the world, mainly through a network of third party distributors in the respective markets. Additionally,
Weetabix has operations in Africa through two joint ventures.
Refrigerated Food
Through our Refrigerated Food segment, comprised of our legacy Michael Foods business and the Bob Evans business acquired
in January 2018, we produce and/or distribute egg products, sausage, side dishes, cheese and other refrigerated products to retail
and foodservice customers. Our egg business produces and distributes numerous products under the Papetti’s, Easy Eggs, Table
Ready, All Whites, Davidson’s Safest Choice, Abbotsford Farms, Better’n Eggs and Emulsa brands, among others. We operate
thirteen egg products production facilities in the United States, some of which are fully integrated, from the maintenance of laying
flocks through the processing of egg products. For fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, egg and egg products contributed 24.6%, 27.1%
and 28.1%, respectively, to our consolidated revenue. Our refrigerated side dish and sausage products are marketed primarily under
the Bob Evans, Bob Evans Farms, Simply Potatoes, Pineland Farms, Owens and Diner’s Choice brands; the Refrigerated Food
segment maintains processing facilities for these products in Minnesota, Maine, Michigan, Ohio, Texas and Nevada. Our cheese
and other dairy case products are marketed principally under the Crystal Farms brand, and other trademarks include Crescent
Valley, Westfield Farms and David’s Deli. We operate a facility in Lake Mills, Wisconsin, which processes and packages various
cheese products for the Crystal Farms brand and for private label customers.
Active Nutrition
Our Active Nutrition segment markets and distributes ready-to-drink beverages, bars, powders and other nutritional
supplements under the Premier Protein, Dymatize, PowerBar, Supreme Protein and Joint Juice brands. The Active Nutrition
segment’s products are primarily manufactured under co-manufacturing agreements at various third party facilities located in the
United States and Europe. We also own a facility in Germany that manufactures bar products for our Active Nutrition brands and
private label customers. Our Active Nutrition products are sold in club, mass merchandise, grocery, drug, specialty and convenience
stores as well as online. For fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, protein-based products and supplements contributed 13.2%, 13.6% and
11.4%, respectively, to our consolidated revenue.
4
Private Brands
Our historical Private Brands segment manufactures and distributes private label peanut and other nut butters, dried fruit and
nuts, pasta products, premium natural and organic granola, cereals and snacks, with sales to customers in the foodservice, retail
and food ingredient channels primarily in the United States and Canada, and also in the European Union and the Middle East. The
historical Private Brands business also co-manufactures peanut and other nut butters for national brands, private label retail markets
and industrial markets. In addition, the historical Private Brands business provides peanut blanching, granulation and roasting
services for the commercial peanut industry. Effective October 1, 2018, this business became an unconsolidated equity investment
and is no longer a reportable segment of Post.
Sales, Marketing and Distribution
Each of our businesses has developed marketing strategies specific to its product lines. For certain of our products, we have
consumer-targeted marketing campaigns, which include television, digital and print advertisements, coupon offers, co-marketing
arrangements with complementary consumer product and entertainment companies and joint advertising with select retail
customers. We also use traditional outdoor, print and digital advertising and social media, as well as more targeted grass roots
programs such as sampling events and business drops, in order to increase brand awareness and loyalty at both national and local
levels. Our internet and social media efforts are used to educate consumers about the nutritional value of our products and for
product promotion and consumer entertainment.
Our Post Consumer Brands segment sells products primarily through an internal sales staff and broker organizations. We also
sell Post Consumer Brands products to military, e-commerce and foodservice channels and may utilize distribution or similar
arrangements for sales of Post Consumer Brands products. Our Weetabix segment services its key U.K. markets through a centralized
commercial team which manages relationships with customers at the corporate level while a third party sales force operates at the
store level to ensure maximum availability and compliance with agreed plans. Our Refrigerated Food segment aligns its sales and
marketing efforts by distribution channel, with a dedicated team of internal sales staff and broker organizations for each of the
commercial and retail channels. Our Active Nutrition segment uses a flexible sales model that combines a national and international
direct sales force, broker network and distributors. Our historical Private Brands segment primarily sells its products through
internal sales staff and broker organizations, including a strong broker network that services the natural/specialty and conventional
grocery channels.
Generally our products are distributed through a network of third party common carriers. In addition, our Refrigerated Food
segment has an internal fleet that distributes certain of its refrigerated retail products.
Research and Development
Our research and development efforts span our business segments. These capabilities extend to ingredients and packaging
technologies; new product and process development, as well as analytical support; bench-top and pilot plant capabilities; and
research support to operations.
Raw Materials
Raw materials used in our businesses (purchased from local, regional and international suppliers) consist of ingredients and
packaging materials. The principal ingredients for most of our businesses are agricultural commodities, including wheat, oats, rice,
corn, other grain products, vegetable oils, dried fruit, nuts, dairy and soy-based proteins, cocoa, corn syrup and sugar. Additionally,
the principal ingredients for the Refrigerated Food business are eggs, pork, potatoes, cheese, milk and butter. A portion of the
segment’s egg needs comes from Company-owned hens, and the balance is purchased under third party contracts and in the spot
market. We also buy significant amounts of grain to feed layer hens. In addition, we procure live sows at prevailing market prices
from terminals, local auctions, country markets and corporate and family farms in various United States locations. Each of our
segments utilize raw material sources that ensure that its products meet standards and certification requirements, for example, non-
GMO, organic, gluten-free and/or cage-free. The principal packaging materials used by the Company are linerboard cartons,
corrugated boxes, plastic containers, flexible and beverage packaging, cartonboard, and aseptic foil and plastic lined cartonboard.
Supply availability and prices paid for raw materials can fluctuate widely due to external factors, such as weather conditions,
feed costs, labor disputes, government policies and regulations, industry consolidation, economic climate, energy shortages,
transportation delays, commodity market prices, currency fluctuations and other unforeseen circumstances, such as avian influenza
and diseases affecting livestock, which could affect the domestic poultry industry and our egg supply and our sow supply,
respectively. We continuously monitor worldwide supply and cost trends of these raw materials to enable us to take appropriate
action to obtain ingredients and packaging needed for production. Although the prices of the principal raw materials can be expected
to fluctuate, we believe such raw materials to be in adequate supply and generally available from numerous sources.
Cereal processing ovens and most of the Refrigerated Food production facilities are generally fueled by natural gas or propane,
which are obtained from local utilities or other local suppliers. Electricity and steam (generated in on-site, gas-fired boilers) also
are used in our processing facilities. Short-term standby propane storage exists at several plants for use in the event of an interruption
5
in natural gas supplies. Oil also may be used to fuel certain operations at various plants in the event of natural gas shortages or
when its use presents economic advantages. In addition, considerable amounts of diesel fuel are used in connection with the
distribution of our products. Weetabix owns and operates its own combined heat and power generation unit, which is capable of
supplying the majority of the requirements of its main operation site with power and steam and can be operated using either natural
gas or oil.
Trademarks and Intellectual Property
We own or have long-term licenses to use a number of trademarks that are critical to the success of our businesses. Our Post
Consumer Brands business’s key trademarks include Post®, Honey Bunches of Oats®, Great Grains®, Post® Shredded Wheat,
Spoon Size® Shredded Wheat, Golden Crisp®, Alpha-Bits®, Oh's®, ShreddiesTM, Post® Raisin Bran, Grape-Nuts®, Honeycomb®,
Frosted Mini Spooners®, Golden Puffs®, Cinnamon Toasters®, Fruity Dyno-Bites®, Cocoa Dyno-Bites®, Berry Colossal Crunch®,
Malt-O-Meal®, Farina®, Dyno-Bites®, MOM’s Best®, Better OatsTM, CoCo WheatsTM, Weetabix®, Barbara’s® and Puffins®, each
of which we own, as well as several trademarks that we license from third parties for use in the United States, Canada and several
other international markets, such as Pebbles™, Oreo O’s®, Nilla®, Nutter Butter®, Chips Ahoy!® and Honeymaid®. Our Weetabix
segment’s key trademarks include Weetabix®, Alpen®, Weetos™, Ready Brek™, Weetabix On The Go™ and Oatibix™, each of which
we own. The key trademarks for the Refrigerated Food business include Papetti’s®, Easy Eggs®, Table Ready®, All Whites®,
Davidson’s Safest Choice®, Abbotsford Farms®, Better’n Eggs®, Emulsa®, Crystal Farms®, Simply Potatoes®, Diner’s Choice®,
Crescent Valley®, Westfield Farms®, David’s Deli®, Owens® and Country Creek Farm®, each of which we own, and Bob Evans®,
Bob Evans Farms® and Pineland Farms®, which we license for worldwide use. Our Active Nutrition segment’s key trademarks
include Premier Protein®, Joint Juice®, Dymatize®, ISO.100®, Supreme Protein® and PowerBar®, each of which we own. The key
trademarks of our historical Private Brands segment include Attune®, Golden Boy™, Nut ’n Better™, Willamette Valley Granola
Company™, Dakota Growers Pasta Co.®, Dreamfields® and Golden Organics®, which, effective October 1, 2018, 8th Avenue
directly or indirectly owns. Our owned trademarks are, in most cases, protected through registration in the United States or the
U.K., as well as in many other countries where the related products are sold.
We also own several patents in North America and elsewhere. While our patent portfolio as a whole is material to our business,
no one patent or group of related patents is material to our business. In addition, we have proprietary trade secrets, technology,
know-how processes and other intellectual property rights that are not registered.
Seasonality
Demand for certain of our products may be influenced by holidays, changes in seasons or other events. For example, demand
for our egg products, sausage, side dishes and cheese tends to increase during the Thanksgiving, Christmas and other holiday
seasons, which may result in increased net sales during the first quarter of our fiscal year. We also have experienced increased
demand for the snacking and baking nuts manufactured and distributed through our historical Private Brands segment during the
Thanksgiving, Christmas and holiday seasons. Demand for our Malt-O-Meal hot wheat, Better Oats oatmeal and Ready Brek hot
oats cereals also tends to be seasonably skewed towards the colder winter season. However, on a consolidated basis our revenues
and results of operations are distributed relatively evenly over the quarters of our fiscal year.
Working Capital
A description of our working capital practices is included in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section under
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of this report. Cash receipts
from goods sold, supplemented as required by borrowings, provide for our operating expenses and working capital needs.
Customers
We sell Post Consumer Brands products primarily to grocery stores, mass merchandise customers, supercenters, club stores,
natural/specialty stores and drug store customers. We also sell to military, e-commerce and foodservice channels. Our Weetabix
segment’s products are primarily sold to grocery stores, discounters, wholesalers and convenience stores. Our Refrigerated Food
segment’s primary customers include foodservice distributors, national restaurant chains, retail grocery stores, mass merchandise
customers and major food manufacturers and processors. Our Active Nutrition segment’s customers are predominately club stores,
mass merchandise customers, grocery stores, drug stores, convenience stores and online retailers, and also include specialty retailers,
supplement stores and distributors. Our historical Private Brands segment’s products are sold primarily to the natural/specialty
and conventional grocery stores, mass merchandise customers and discount stores and foodservice and food ingredient customers.
Our largest customer, Walmart, accounted for approximately 13% of our consolidated net sales in fiscal 2018. No other
customer accounted for more than 10% of our fiscal 2018 consolidated net sales, but certain of our segments depend on sales to
large customers. For example, the largest customer of our Post Consumer Brands segment, Walmart, accounted for approximately
29% of Post Consumer Brands’ net sales in fiscal 2018. The largest customers of our Weetabix segment, Tesco, Asda, Morrison’s
and Sainsbury’s, accounted for approximately 52% of Weetabix’s net sales in fiscal 2018. Additionally, the largest customers of
our Refrigerated Food segment, Sysco and US Foods, accounted for approximately 27% of the segment’s net sales in fiscal 2018,
6
and the largest customers of our Active Nutrition business, Costco and Sam’s Club, accounted for approximately 59% of the Active
Nutrition segment’s net sales in fiscal 2018. The largest customer of our historical Private Brands segment, Whole Foods, accounted
for approximately 16% of Private Brands’ net sales in fiscal 2018.
Competition
The consumer food and beverage, sports nutrition and sports supplement categories in which we operate are highly competitive
and highly sensitive to both pricing and promotion. Many of our principal competitors in these categories may have substantially
more financial, marketing and other resources. Competition is based on, among other things, product quality, price, effective
promotional activities and the ability to identify and satisfy dynamic, emerging consumer preferences. Our principal strategies for
competing in each of our segments include effective customer relationship management, category insights, superior product quality
and food safety, product innovation, an efficient supply chain and competitive pricing. In addition, in many of our product categories,
we compete not only with widely advertised branded products, but also with private label products. The industries in which we
operate are expected to remain highly competitive for the foreseeable future.
Governmental Regulation and Environmental Matters
We are subject to regulation by federal, state, local and foreign governmental entities and agencies. Our activities in Canada
and Europe are subject to regulations similar to those applicable to our business in the United States. As a producer and distributor
of goods for human consumption, our operations must comply with stringent production, storage, distribution, labeling and
marketing standards administered by the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and the Federal Trade Commission in the United
States as well as similar regulatory agencies in Canada, Mexico, the U.K. and the European Union. Products that do not meet
regulatory standards may be considered to be adulterated and/or misbranded and subject to recall. Additionally, following the
recent adoption of the Food Safety Modernization Act, the FDA is implementing additional regulations focused on prevention of
food contamination, more frequent inspection of high-risk facilities, increased record-keeping and improved tracing of food.
Certain meat and egg products produced by our Refrigerated Food segment are under the jurisdiction of the United States
Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) and its regulations regarding quality, labeling and sanitary control, rather than FDA
regulations. The Refrigerated Food egg processing plants that break eggs, and some of our other meat and egg-processing operations,
are subject to continuous on-site USDA inspection. Our other United States facilities are subject to periodic inspection by the
USDA, FDA and/or state regulatory authorities, such as state departments of agriculture. The pork product manufacturing operations
of our Refrigerated Food segment are subject to the Packers & Stockyards Act, which also is administered by the USDA and which
regulates trade practices.
Our facilities, like those of similar businesses, are subject to certain safety regulations, including regulations issued pursuant
to the United States Occupational Safety and Health Act and similar regulations in Canada, the U.K. and Germany. These regulations
require us to comply with certain manufacturing safety standards to protect our employees from accidents. Additionally, some of
the food commodities on which our business relies are subject to governmental agricultural programs (e.g., subsidies and import/
export regulations), which have substantial effects on prices and supplies of these commodities.
In addition, our operations are subject to various federal, state and foreign laws and regulations regarding data privacy, including
the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation and Privacy Shield, which apply to certain of our businesses and deal
with the collection and use of personal information obtained from data subjects of the European Union. Our operations also are
subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations with respect to environmental matters, including air quality,
wastewater pretreatment and discharge, storm water, waste handling and disposal and other regulations intended to protect public
health and the environment. In the United States, the laws and regulations include the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act and the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act. Our foreign facilities are subject to local and national regulations similar to those
applicable to us in the United States. Additionally, Refrigerated Food layer farms dispose of animal waste primarily by transferring
it to farmers for use as fertilizer, and Refrigerated Food potato product facilities dispose of solid vegetable waste primarily by
transferring it to processors who convert it to animal feed. We have made, and will continue to make, expenditures to ensure
environmental compliance.
Employees
The Company and its consolidated and unconsolidated subsidiaries have approximately 11,550 employees as of November
1, 2018, of which approximately 9,300 are in the United States, approximately 1,010 are in the U.K., approximately 835 are in
Canada and approximately 405 are located in other jurisdictions. Currently, approximately 17% of such employees are unionized.
We have entered into several collective bargaining agreements on terms that we believe are typical for the industries in which we
operate. Most of the unionized workers at our facilities are represented under contracts which expire at various times throughout
the next several years. As these agreements expire, we believe that the agreements can be renegotiated on terms satisfactory to us.
We believe that overall we have good relationships with employees and their representative organizations.
7
Executive Officers of the Registrant
The section below provides information regarding our executive officers as of November 12, 2018:
Robert V. Vitale, age 52, has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since November 2014 and serves as our
principal executive officer. Mr. Vitale also has been a member of our Board of Directors since November 2014. Previously, Mr.
Vitale served as our Chief Financial Officer from October 2011 until November 2014. He previously served as President and Chief
Executive Officer of AHM Financial Group, LLC, a diversified provider of insurance brokerage and wealth management services,
from 2006 until 2011 and previously was a partner of Westgate Equity Partners, LLC, a consumer-oriented private equity firm.
Mr. Vitale also serves on the board of directors of Energizer Holdings, Inc.
Jeff A. Zadoks, age 53, has served as an Executive Vice President since November 2017 and as our Chief Financial Officer
since November 2014, and serves as the Company’s principal financial and accounting officer. Mr. Zadoks previously served as
our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from November 2014 until November 2017. Mr. Zadoks served as our Senior
Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer from January 2014 until November 2014, and our Corporate Controller from October
2011 until November 2014. Prior to joining Post, Mr. Zadoks served as Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer at
RehabCare Group, Inc., a leading provider of post-acute care in hospitals and skilled nursing facilities, from February 2010 to
September 2011, and as Vice President and Corporate Controller of RehabCare Group from December 2003 until January 2010.
Howard A. Friedman, age 48, has served as President and Chief Executive Officer, Post Consumer Brands since July 2018.
Mr. Friedman previously served as the Executive Vice President of the refrigerated meat and dairy business at The Kraft Heinz
Company where he spent the majority of his more than twenty-year career.
Diedre J. Gray, age 40, has served as an Executive Vice President since November 2017 and as our General Counsel and
Chief Administrative Officer since November 2014. She has served as our Corporate Secretary since January 2012. Ms. Gray
previously served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Administrative Officer from November 2014 until
November 2017. Ms. Gray served as our Senior Vice President-Legal starting in December 2011 and was promoted to Senior Vice
President, General Counsel in September 2012. Prior to joining Post, Ms. Gray served as Associate General Counsel and Assistant
Secretary at MEMC Electronic Materials, Inc. (now SunEdison, Inc.), a semiconductor and solar wafer manufacturing company,
from 2010 to 2014. Previously, Ms. Gray was an attorney at Bryan Cave LLP (now Bryan Cave Leighton Paisner LLP) from 2003
to 2010.
Mark W. Westphal, age 53, has served as President, Michael Foods since January 2018. Mr. Westphal previously served as
Chief Financial Officer of Michael Foods for nearly ten years. Prior to joining Michael Foods in 1995, Mr. Westphal worked for
Grant Thornton, an audit, tax and advisory firm.
Available Information
We make available, free of charge, through our website (www.postholdings.com) reports we file with the SEC, including our
annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed
or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file
such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. The SEC maintains an internet site containing these reports, proxy and information
statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.
8
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
In addition to the factors discussed elsewhere in this report, the following risks and uncertainties could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently
known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows.
Risks Related to Our Business
We operate in categories with strong competition.
The consumer food and beverage, sports nutrition and sports supplement categories are highly competitive. Competition in
these categories is based on, among other things, product quality, price, effective promotional activities and the ability to identify
and satisfy dynamic, emerging consumer preferences. Our competitors may have substantial financial, marketing and other resources.
Increased competition can reduce our sales due to loss of market share or the need to reduce prices to respond to competitive and
customer pressures. Competitive and customer pressures, as well as industry supply and market demand, also may limit our ability
to increase prices, including in response to cost increases. In most product categories, we compete not only with widely advertised
branded products, but also with private label and store brand products. A strong competitive response from one or more of our
competitors to our marketplace efforts, or a shift in consumer preferences to competitors’ products, could result in us reducing
prices, increasing marketing or other expenditures or losing market share. Our profits could decrease if a reduction in prices or
increased costs are not counterbalanced with increased sales volume. In addition, our competitors are increasingly using social
media networks to advertise products. If we are unable to compete in this environment, it could adversely affect our financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We must identify changing consumer and customer preferences and develop and offer products to meet these preferences.
Consumer and customer preferences evolve over time. The success of our products depends on our ability to identify these
changing preferences and to offer products that appeal to consumers and customers. Consumer preference changes include dietary
trends, attention to different nutritional aspects of foods and beverages, concerns regarding the health effects of certain foods and
beverages, sourcing practices relating to ingredients and animal welfare concerns. Any significant changes in consumer preferences
or our inability to anticipate or react to such changes could result in reduced demand for our products and negatively impact our
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our Refrigerated Food business is and will continue to be affected by changing preferences as to the housing of egg-laying
hens. Many restaurant chains, foodservice companies and grocery chains have announced goals to transition to a cage-free egg
supply by specified future dates. Meeting anticipated customer demand has resulted, and will continue to result, in additional
operating and capital costs to procure cage-free eggs, to modify existing layer facilities and to construct new cage-free layer housing.
These changing preferences also could require us to use specially sourced ingredients that may be more difficult to source or entail
a higher cost or incremental capital investment which we may not be able to pass on to customers.
Our results may be adversely impacted if consumers do not maintain favorable perceptions of our brands.
Maintaining and continually enhancing the value of our brands is critical to the success of our business. Brand value is based
in large part on consumer perceptions. Success in promoting and enhancing brand value depends in large part on our ability to
provide high-quality products. Brand value could diminish significantly due to a number of factors, including adverse publicity
about our products, packaging or ingredients (whether or not valid), our failure to maintain the quality of our products, the failure
of our products to deliver consistently positive consumer experiences, concerns about food safety, our products becoming unavailable
to consumers or consumer perception that we have acted in an irresponsible manner. Consumer demand for our products also may
be impacted by changes in the level of advertising or promotional support. The growing use of social and digital media by consumers,
us and third parties increases the speed and extent that information or misinformation and opinions can be shared. Negative posts
or comments about us, our brands, products or packaging or the food industry generally on social or digital media could seriously
damage our brands and reputation. If we do not maintain favorable perceptions of our brands, our financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows could be adversely impacted.
We will be subject to a number of uncertainties while we pursue the initial public offering of our Active Nutrition business,
which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and stock price.
While we have announced our intention to pursue an initial public offering of our Active Nutrition business, there is no assurance
that we will be able to consummate such transaction on favorable terms or at all. If we are unable to consummate such transaction
on favorable terms or at all, we may experience negative reactions from the financial markets and from our shareholders and
employees. In addition, in the event that we are able to consummate such transaction, there is no assurance that we will realize the
anticipated value from such transaction. In addition, we and our Active Nutrition business will be required to devote significant
management and employee attention and resources to matters relating to the initial public offering. These matters have the potential
to disrupt both us and the Active Nutrition business from conducting business operations and could adversely affect the business,
9
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of us and our Active Nutrition business. The Active Nutrition business
also could lose key employees as a result of the transaction.
Our business strategy depends on us identifying and completing additional acquisitions and other strategic transactions. We
may not be able to successfully consummate favorable strategic transactions in the future. Our corporate development activities
also may have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Although we continuously evaluate strategic transactions, we may be unable to identify suitable strategic transactions in the
future or may not be able to enter into such transactions at favorable prices. Alternatively, we may in the future enter into additional
strategic transactions, and any such transaction could happen at any time, could be material to our business and could take any
number of forms, including, for example, an acquisition, investment or merger, for cash or in exchange for our equity securities,
or a divestiture.
Evaluating potential transactions, including divestitures, requires additional expenditures (including legal, accounting and due
diligence expenses, higher administrative costs to support the acquired entities and information technology, personnel and other
integration expenses) and may divert the attention of our management from ordinary operating matters.
Our corporate development activities also may present financial and operational risks and may have adverse effects on existing
business relationships with suppliers and customers. In addition, future acquisitions could result in potentially dilutive issuances
of equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities and/or amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets
and increased operating expenses, all of which could singly or collectively adversely affect our results of operations, financial
condition and cash flows.
We may be unable to realize the anticipated benefits of the Bob Evans acquisition.
The acquisition of Bob Evans has involved the combination of two companies that have historically operated independently.
In order to realize the anticipated benefits of the Bob Evans acquisition, we have been and will continue to be required to devote
significant management attention and resources to aligning the business practices, cultures and operations of each business. We
may encounter difficulties as we continue align these businesses in a manner that permits us to achieve the synergies and other
benefits anticipated to result from the acquisition. Accordingly, the contemplated benefits of the Bob Evans acquisition may not be
realized fully, or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected.
We may be unable to realize the anticipated benefits of the Weetabix Group acquisition.
The acquisition of the Weetabix Group has involved the combination of two companies that have historically operated
independently. In order to realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition, we will be required to continue to devote significant
management attention and resources to aligning the business practices, cultures and operations of each business, in particular, our
Post Consumer Brands business and Weetabix NA’s business operations. We may encounter difficulties as we continue align these
businesses in a manner that permits us to achieve the synergies and other benefits anticipated to result from the acquisition.
Accordingly, the contemplated benefits of the Weetabix Group acquisition may not be realized fully, or at all, or may take longer
to realize than expected.
We may experience difficulties in integrating acquired businesses, or acquisitions may not perform as expected.
We have acquired multiple businesses, and we may continue to acquire other businesses. The successful integration of these
acquisitions depends on our ability to manage the operations and personnel of the acquired businesses. Integrating operations is
complex and requires significant efforts and expenses on the part of both us and the acquired businesses. Potential difficulties we
may encounter as part of the integration process include, but are not limited to, the following:
•
•
employees may voluntarily or involuntarily separate employment from us or the acquired businesses because of the
acquisitions;
our management may have its attention diverted while trying to integrate the acquired businesses;
• we may encounter obstacles when incorporating the acquired businesses into our operations and management, including
integrating or separating personnel, financial systems, operating procedures, regulatory compliance programs, technology,
networks and other assets in a seamless manner that minimizes any adverse impact on customers, suppliers, employees
and other constituencies;
•
•
•
differences in business backgrounds, corporate cultures and management philosophies;
integration may be more costly, more time consuming and complex or less effective than anticipated;
inability to maintain uniform standards, controls and procedures; and
• we may discover previously undetected operational or other issues, such as fraud.
10
Any of these factors could adversely affect our and the acquired businesses’ ability to maintain relationships with customers,
suppliers, employees and other constituencies.
In addition, the success of these acquired businesses will depend, in part, on our ability to realize the anticipated growth
opportunities and cost synergies through the successful integration of the businesses we acquire with our existing businesses. Even
if we are successful in integrating acquired businesses, we cannot assure you that these integrations will result in the realization of
the full benefit of any anticipated growth opportunities or cost synergies or that these benefits will be realized within the expected
time frames. In addition, acquired businesses may have unanticipated liabilities or contingencies.
Higher freight costs, commodity price volatility and availability and higher energy costs could negatively impact profits.
Our freight costs may increase due to factors such as increased fuel costs, limited carrier availability, increased compliance
costs associated with new or changing government regulations and inflation. The primary commodities used by our businesses
include wheat, oats, rice, corn, other grain products, eggs, sows, potatoes, cheese, vegetable oils, dried fruit, nuts, dairy and soy-
based proteins, cocoa, corn syrup and sugar. The supply and price of these ingredients are subject to market conditions and are
influenced by many factors beyond our control, including animal feed costs, weather patterns affecting ingredient production,
governmental programs and regulations, insects, plant diseases and inflation. Our primary packaging materials include linerboard
cartons, corrugated boxes, plastic containers, flexible and beverage packaging, cartonboard, and aseptic foil and plastic lined
cartonboard. In addition, our manufacturing operations use large quantities of natural gas, propane and electricity. The cost of such
commodities may fluctuate widely, and we may experience shortages in commodity items as a result of commodity availability,
increased demand, weather conditions and natural disasters, as well as other factors outside of our control. Higher prices for natural
gas, propane, electricity and fuel also may increase our production and delivery costs. The prices charged for our products may not
reflect changes in our freight, commodity and energy costs at the time they occur or at all. Accordingly, changes in freight, commodity
or energy costs may limit our ability to maintain existing margins and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows. If we fail to hedge and prices subsequently increase, or if we institute a hedge and prices
subsequently decrease, our costs may be greater than anticipated or greater than our competitors’ costs, and our financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.
Our Refrigerated Food segment’s operating results are significantly affected by egg, sow, potato and cheese prices and the
prices of corn and soybean meal, which are the primary grains fed to laying hens. Historically, the prices of these raw materials
have fluctuated widely. In addition, our Refrigerated Food segment’s cheese and butter products are affected by milk price supports
established by the USDA. Although steps can be taken to mitigate the effects of changes in raw material costs, fluctuations in prices
are outside of our control, and changes in the price of such items may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects,
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Certain supply and demand disruptions, such as those resulting from
diseases affecting livestock and those experienced with the 2015 avian influenza outbreak, could create an inability to keep selling
prices in line with input costs and may result in significant fluctuations in operating profit margins.
Impairment in the carrying value of intangible assets could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.
If our goodwill or other intangible assets become impaired, we will be required to record additional impairment charges, which
may be significant.
Our balance sheet includes a significant amount of intangible assets, including goodwill, trademarks, trade names and other
acquired intangibles. Intangibles and goodwill expected to contribute indefinitely to our cash flows are not amortized, but our
management reviews them for impairment on an annual basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their
carrying value may be impaired. Impairments to intangible assets may be caused by factors outside of our control, such as increasing
competitive pricing pressures, lower than expected revenue and profit growth rates, changes in industry EBITDA and revenue
multiples, changes in discount rates based on changes in cost of capital (interest rates, etc.) or the bankruptcy of a significant
customer. These factors, along with other internal and external factors, could have a significant negative impact on our fair value
determination, which could then result in a material impairment charge in our results of operations. In fiscal 2018, we had an
impairment of other intangible assets and no impairment of goodwill. In fiscal 2017, we had an impairment of goodwill and no
impairment of other intangible assets. In fiscal 2016, we had no impairments of goodwill or other intangible assets. We could have
additional impairments in the future. See further discussion of these impairments in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of this report and Notes 2 and 7 within the “Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements” contained in this report.
Unsuccessful implementation of business strategies to reduce costs may adversely affect our financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows.
Many of our costs, such as raw materials, energy and freight, are outside of our control. Therefore, we must seek to reduce
costs in other areas, such as through operating efficiency. If we are not able to complete projects designed to reduce costs and
increase operating efficiency on time or within budget, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely
impacted. In addition, if the cost-saving initiatives we have implemented, or any future cost-saving initiatives, do not generate the
expected cost savings and synergies, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely affected.
11
Economic downturns could limit consumer demand for our products.
The willingness of consumers to purchase our products depends in part on general or local economic conditions. In periods of
economic uncertainty, consumers may purchase less of our products or may forgo certain purchases altogether. In those
circumstances, we could experience a reduction in sales of our products. In addition, as a result of economic conditions or competitive
actions, we may be unable to raise our prices sufficiently to protect profit margins. Any of these events could have an adverse effect
on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
If our products become adulterated, misbranded or mislabeled or become contaminated, we might need to recall or withdraw
those items and may experience product liability claims if consumers are injured.
Selling food products, beverages and nutritional supplements involves a number of legal and other risks, including
contamination, spoilage, tampering, mislabeling or other adulteration. Additionally, many of the raw materials used to make certain
of our products, particularly eggs, pork, raw potatoes, grains and nuts, are vulnerable to contamination by naturally occurring molds
and pathogens, such as salmonella. We may need to recall or withdraw some or all of our products if they become adulterated,
mislabeled or misbranded, whether caused by us or someone in our supply chain. A recall or withdrawal could result in destruction
of product inventory, negative publicity, temporary plant closings, supply chain interruption, substantial costs of compliance or
remediation, fines and increased scrutiny by federal, state and foreign regulatory agencies. Should consumption of any product
cause injury, we may be liable for monetary damages as a result of a judgment against us. In addition, adverse publicity, including
claims, whether or not valid, that our products or ingredients are unsafe or of poor quality, may discourage consumers or customers
from buying our products or cause production and delivery disruptions. Any of these events, including a significant product liability
claim against us, could result in a loss of consumer or customer confidence in our food products. Although we have various insurance
programs in place, any of these events and/or a loss of consumer or customer confidence could have an adverse effect on our
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Violations of laws or regulations, as well as new laws or regulations or changes to existing laws or regulations, could adversely
affect our business.
The food industry is subject to a variety of federal, state and foreign laws and regulations, including requirements related to
food safety, quality, manufacturing, processing, storage, marketing, advertising, labeling and distribution, as well as those related
to worker health and workplace safety. Our activities, both inside and outside of the United States, are subject to extensive regulation.
In the United States, we are regulated by, or our activities are affected by, among other federal and state authorities and regulations,
the FDA, the USDA, the Federal Trade Commission, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and California’s Safe
Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act of 1986 (Proposition 65). In Europe, we are regulated by, among other authorities, the
U.K.’s Food Standards Agency, Health and Safety Executive, Environment Agency, Environmental Health Officers and Trading
Standards Officers and their equivalents in other European Union member states. We also are regulated by similar authorities
elsewhere in the world. Governmental regulations also affect taxes and levies, healthcare costs, energy usage and immigration and
labor issues, any or all of which may have a direct or indirect effect on our business or the businesses of our customers or suppliers.
In addition, we could be the target of claims relating to alleged false or deceptive advertising under federal, state and foreign laws
and regulations and may be subject to initiatives to limit or prohibit the marketing and advertising of our products to children.
The impact of current laws and regulations, changes in these laws or regulations or the introduction of new laws or regulations
could increase the costs of doing business for us or our customers or suppliers, causing our financial condition, results of operations
and cash flows to be adversely affected. As specific examples, some states have passed laws that mandate specific housing
requirements for layer hens and mandate specific space requirements for farm animal enclosures, including layer hens and pigs.
Further, if we are found to be out of compliance with applicable laws and regulations in these areas, we could be subject to civil
remedies, including fines, revocations of required licenses, injunctions or recalls, as well as potential criminal sanctions, any or all
of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We continue to examine the impact that the enacted tax reform legislation, commonly referred to as the United States Tax Cuts
and Jobs Act, may have on our business or our future results of operations, profitability, financial condition and cash flows. In
addition, the United States, Canada and Mexico have renegotiated the North American Free Trade Agreement. Impacts of the
changes brought about by the new agreement, named the United States, Mexico, Canada Agreement (the “USMCA”), for which
the language has not yet been finalized, are not currently known. However, given the integrated nature of our North American
operations and supply chain, we continue to monitor closely the status and implementation of the USMCA.
Certain of our Active Nutrition and Refrigerated Food products are subject to a higher level of regulatory scrutiny, resulting in
increased costs of operations and the potential for delays in product sales.
Some of our Active Nutrition products are regulated by the FDA as dietary supplements, which are subject to different FDA
regulations and levels of regulatory scrutiny. Certain of our Refrigerated Food’s meat and egg products are subject to continuous
on-site inspections by the USDA. It also is possible that federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take regulatory or
enforcement action, which could result in significant fines or penalties. If we are found to be significantly out of compliance, an
12
enforcement authority could issue a warning letter and/or institute enforcement actions that could result in additional costs, substantial
delays in production or even a temporary shutdown in manufacturing and product sales while the non-conformances are rectified.
Also, we may have to recall product or otherwise remove product from the market, and temporarily cease its manufacture and
distribution, which would increase our costs and reduce our revenues. Any product liability claims resulting from the failure to
comply with applicable laws and regulations would be expensive to defend and could result in substantial damage awards against
us or harm our reputation. Any of these events would negatively impact our revenues and costs of operations.
Loss of, a significant reduction of purchases by or bankruptcy of a major customer may adversely affect our financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows.
A limited number of customer accounts represents a large percentage of our consolidated net sales. Our largest customer,
Walmart, accounted for approximately 13% of our net sales in fiscal 2018. Walmart also is the largest customer of our Post Consumer
Brands segment, accounting for approximately 29% of Post Consumer Brands’ net sales in fiscal 2018. The largest customers of
our Weetabix segment, Tesco, Asda, Morrison’s and Sainsbury’s, accounted for approximately 52% of Weetabix’s net sales in fiscal
2018. Additionally, the largest customers of our Refrigerated Food segment, Sysco and US Foods, accounted for approximately
27% of its net sales in fiscal 2018, and the largest customers of our Active Nutrition segment, Costco and Sam’s Club, accounted
for approximately 59% of the Active Nutrition segment’s net sales in fiscal 2018. The largest customer of our historical Private
Brands segment, Whole Foods, accounted for approximately 16% of Private Brands’ net sales in fiscal 2018.
The success of our businesses depends, in part, on our ability to maintain our level of sales and product distribution through
high-volume food distributors, retailers, club stores, super centers and mass merchandisers. The competition to supply products to
these high-volume stores is intense. Currently, we do not have long-term supply agreements with a substantial number of our retail
customers, including our largest customers. These high-volume stores and mass merchandisers frequently reevaluate the products
they carry. A decision by our major customers to decrease the amount of merchandise purchased from us, sell another national brand
on an exclusive basis or change the manner of doing business with us could reduce our revenues and materially adversely affect
our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, our customers offer branded and private label products
that compete directly with our products for retail shelf space and consumer purchases. Accordingly, there is a risk that our customers
may give higher priority to their own products or to the products of our competitors. In the event of a loss of any of our large
customers, a significant reduction of purchases by any of our large customers or the bankruptcy or serious financial difficulty of
any of our large customers, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely affected.
Consolidation in the retail and foodservice distribution channels, and competitive, economic and other pressures facing our
customers, may hurt our profit margins.
Over the past several years, the retail and foodservice channels have undergone significant consolidations and mass
merchandisers and non-traditional retailers are gaining market share. As this trend continues and such customers grow larger, they
may seek to use their position to improve their profitability through improved efficiency, lower pricing, increased reliance on their
own brand name products, increased emphasis on generic and other value brands and increased promotional programs. If we are
unable to respond to these requirements, our profitability or volume growth could be negatively impacted. Additionally, if any of
our existing retailer or distributor customers are consolidated with another entity and the surviving entity of any such consolidation
is not a customer or decides to discontinue purchasing our products, we may lose significant amounts of our preexisting business
with the acquired retailer or distributor. Further, the economic and competitive landscape for our customers is constantly changing,
such as the emergence of new sales channels like e-commerce, and our customers’ responses to those changes could impact our
businesses. The consolidation in the retail and foodservice channels also increases the risk that adverse changes to our customers’
business operations or financial performance would have a material adverse effect on us.
We will be required to make a cash payment to former Bob Evans stockholders who demanded appraisal of their shares and
have not withdrawn their demands, and such payment could exceed the merger consideration that we would have paid to such
stockholders.
In connection with our acquisition of Bob Evans, we have not paid any merger consideration to former holders of Bob Evans
common stock who demanded appraisal of their shares under Delaware law and have not withdrawn their demands. If such appraisal
proceedings reach a verdict, such stockholders that are determined to have validly perfected their appraisal rights will be entitled
to a cash payment equal to the fair value of their shares, plus statutory interest, as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.
The amounts that we may be required to pay to such stockholders in connection with the demands for appraisal and appraisal
proceedings is uncertain at this time, but could be greater than the merger consideration to which such stockholders would have
been entitled had they not demanded appraisal.
Pending and future litigation may impair our reputation or lead us to incur significant costs.
We are, or may become, party to various lawsuits and claims arising in the normal course of business, which may include
lawsuits or claims relating to contracts, intellectual property, product recalls, product liability, false or deceptive advertising,
employment matters, environmental matters or other aspects of our business. Negative publicity resulting from allegations made
13
in lawsuits or claims asserted against us, whether or not valid, may adversely affect our reputation. In addition, we may be required
to pay damage awards or settlements or become subject to injunctions or other equitable remedies, which could have a material
adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The outcome of litigation is often difficult to predict,
and the outcome of pending or future litigation may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations
and cash flows.
Although we have various insurance programs in place, the potential liabilities associated with these litigation matters, or those
that could arise in the future, could be excluded from coverage or, if covered, could exceed the coverage provided by such programs.
In addition, insurance carriers may seek to rescind or deny coverage with respect to pending or future claims or lawsuits. If we do
not have sufficient coverage under our policies, or if coverage is denied, we may be required to make material payments to settle
litigation or satisfy any judgment. Any of these consequences could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We are currently dependent on third party manufacturers to manufacture many products for our business. Our business could
suffer as a result of a third party manufacturer’s inability to produce our products for us on time or to our specifications.
Our business relies on independent third parties for the manufacture of many products, such as shakes, protein bars and powders,
breakfast drinks, certain cereal and granola products and certain refrigerated food products. Our business could be materially affected
if we fail to develop or maintain our relationships with these third parties, if these third parties fail to comply with governmental
regulations applicable to the manufacturing of our products or if any of these third parties ceases doing business with us or goes
out of business. Additionally, we cannot be certain that we will not experience operational difficulties with these third party
manufacturers, such as increases in manufacturing costs, reductions in the availability of production capacity, errors in complying
with merchandise specifications, insufficient quality control and failure to meet production deadlines. The inability of a third party
manufacturer to ship orders in a timely manner, in desirable quantities or to meet our safety, quality and social compliance standards
or regulatory requirements could have a material adverse impact on our business. While certain of our relationships with these third
parties are subject to minimum volume commitments, whereby the third party manufacturer has committed to produce and we have
committed to purchase a minimum quantity of product, we may nonetheless experience situations where such manufacturers are
unable to fulfill their obligations under our agreements.
Our historical Private Brands business has been separately capitalized with an unaffiliated third party, over which we have less
control.
As a result of the completion of the previously announced transaction involving our historical Private Brands business, we
hold 6.05 million shares of 8th Avenue Class B common stock, and THL holds 3.95 million shares of 8th Avenue Class A common
stock and 2.5 million shares of 8th Avenue Series A preferred stock. Although we hold a substantial majority of the voting power
of 8th Avenue’s common stock and have the power to appoint a majority of the members of 8th Avenue’s board of directors, THL
holds certain corporate governance and other rights with respect to 8th Avenue, and we cannot control the actions of THL. THL
may have economic or business interests or goals that are inconsistent with our business interests or goals. Differences in views
among THL and us may result in delayed decisions or disputes. THL’s interest could be sold to a third party, or 8th Avenue or its
subsidiaries could be disposed of, in whole or in part, to third parties. These factors could potentially adversely impact the business
and operations of 8th Avenue and, in turn, our business and operations.
Our historical financial information may not be indicative of our future financial performance as a result of the transaction
involving our historical Private Brands business. In addition, if our investment in 8th Avenue is not profitable, our financial
condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted.
As of October 1, 2018, in connection with the transaction involving our historical Private Brands business, 8th Avenue and its
subsidiaries were deconsolidated from our financial statements. As a result, our balance sheets and statements of operations following
the deconsolidation will not be comparable to the balance sheets and statements of operations reflected in our historical financial
statements for periods prior to deconsolidation.
In addition, as of October 1, 2018, we hold 60.5% of the common equity of 8th Avenue. The 60.5% retained interest in 8th
Avenue is accounted for using the equity method, and the carrying value of the investment in 8th Avenue will be included on our
balance sheet and returns from our investment in 8th Avenue will be included in our results of operations. If our investment in 8th
Avenue is not profitable, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted.
We are subject to certain continuing obligations, including indemnification obligations and lease guarantor obligations, related
to the sale of the Bob Evans restaurants business that could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and
cash flows.
In April 2017, prior to our acquisition of Bob Evans, Bob Evans completed the sale and separation of its restaurants business
(the “Bob Evans Restaurants Transaction”) to Bob Evans Restaurants, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company formed by
affiliates of Golden Gate Capital Opportunity Fund, L.P. (the “Bob Evans Restaurants Buyer”), pursuant to a sale agreement between
Bob Evans and the Bob Evans Restaurants Buyer (the “Restaurants Sale Agreement”). As a result of our acquisition of Bob Evans,
14
we have the obligation to indemnify the Bob Evans Restaurants Buyer for certain breaches of the Restaurants Sale Agreement and
certain other liabilities set forth in the Restaurants Sale Agreement.
In addition, in connection with the Bob Evans Restaurants Transaction, the Bob Evans Restaurants Buyer assumed the lease
obligations of the Bob Evans restaurants business. However, as part of a sale leaseback transaction of 143 of Bob Evans’s restaurant
properties that Bob Evans completed in 2016, Bob Evans and one of its wholly-owned subsidiaries entered into payment and
performance guaranties relating to the leases on such restaurant properties, which remained in place after the completion of the
Bob Evans Restaurants Transaction. Although the Bob Evans Restaurants Buyer assumed responsibility for the payment and
performance obligations under the leases on the sale leaseback properties, under the terms of the guaranties, we remain liable for
payments due under these leases if the Bob Evans Restaurants Buyer fails to satisfy its lease obligations. Any such unexpected
expenses related to our obligations under the payment and performance guaranties or under the Restaurants Sale Agreement could
adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our Post Consumer Brands and Weetabix segments operate in the mature RTE cereal category, and the failure or weakening
of this category could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our Post Consumer Brands and Weetabix segments together produce and distribute branded, licensed and private label RTE
cereals and hot cereals, other cereal-based food products and muesli, selling products to grocery stores, discounters, big box retailers,
foodservice distributors, wholesalers and convenience stores across the United States, Puerto Rico, Canada, Mexico, the U.K.,
Ireland and the rest of the world. The RTE cereal category has experienced weakness in recent years, and we expect this trend may
continue. Although we expect to achieve synergies in connection with our acquisition of the Weetabix Group, continuing weakness
in the RTE cereal category, or the weakening of our major products competing in this category, could have a material adverse impact
on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our sales and profit growth is dependent upon our ability to expand existing market penetration and enter into new markets.
Successful growth depends in part on our ability to add new retail customers, as well as expand the number of products sold
through existing retail customers. This would include expanding the number of our items they offer for sale and product placement.
The expansion of the business of our existing segments depends on our ability to obtain new, or expand our business with existing,
large-account customers, such as grocery store chains and mass merchandisers. Our failure to obtain new, or expand our business
with existing, large-account customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations
and cash flows.
Termination of our material intellectual property licenses could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We market certain of our products in the United States, Canada, the U.K. and several other locations pursuant to intellectual
property license agreements. These licenses give us the right to use certain names, characters and logos in connection with our
products and to sell the products in certain regions. If we were to breach any material term of these license agreements and not
timely cure the breach, the licensor could terminate the agreement. If the licensor were to terminate our rights to use the names,
characters and logos for this reason or any other reason, or if a licensor decided not to renew a license agreement upon the expiration
of the license term, the loss of such rights could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our private label products may not be able to compete successfully with nationally branded products.
Several of our segments produce and distribute private label products. In many cases, competitors with nationally branded
products have a competitive advantage over private label products due to name recognition. In addition, when branded competitors
focus on price and promotion, the environment for private label producers and distributors becomes more challenging because the
price differential between private label products and branded products may become less significant. Competitive pressures or
promotions of branded products could cause us or our customers to lose sales, which may require us to lower prices or increase the
use of our own discounting or promotional programs, each of which would adversely affect our margins, financial condition, results
of operations, profitability and cash flows.
Disruption of our supply chain and changes in weather conditions could have an adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows.
In coordination with our suppliers, business partners and contract manufacturers, our ability to make, move and sell products
is critical to our success. Damage or disruption to our collective manufacturing or distribution capabilities resulting from weather,
any potential effects of climate change, natural disaster, disease, fire, explosion, cyber-attacks, terrorism, pandemics, strikes, repairs
or enhancements at our facilities or other reasons could impair our ability to manufacture, sell or timely deliver our products.
In addition, the manufacturing capabilities for certain of our products are concentrated at certain of our facilities and with
certain third party manufacturers. If we had to close or limit production of all or part of the operations at one or more of such
facilities for any reason, or if certain of these third party manufacturers were unable to produce our desired quantities, we may be
unable to increase production at our other facilities or with other third party manufacturers in a timely manner, which could adversely
affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
15
Changes in weather conditions and natural disasters also may affect the cost and supply of commodities and raw materials,
including grains, eggs, sows, potatoes, nuts, corn syrup and sugar. Additionally, these events can result in lower recoveries of usable
raw materials. Competitors can be affected differently by weather conditions and natural disasters depending on the location of
their suppliers and operations. Failure to take adequate steps to reduce the likelihood or mitigate the potential impact of such events,
or to effectively manage such events if they occur, particularly when a commodity or raw material is sourced from a single location,
could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and/or require additional resources to
restore our supply chain.
Our international operations subject us to additional risks.
We are subject to a number of risks related to doing business internationally, any of which could significantly harm our business.
These risks include:
• restrictions on the transfer of funds to and from foreign countries, including potentially negative tax consequences;
• unfavorable changes in tariffs, quotas, trade barriers or other export or import restrictions;
• unfavorable foreign exchange controls and currency exchange rates;
•
increased exposure to general market and economic conditions outside of the United States;
• political and economic uncertainty and volatility;
•
•
the potential for substantial penalties and litigation related to violations of a wide variety of laws, treaties and regulations,
including anti-corruption regulations (including the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act)
and privacy laws and regulations (including the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation);
the difficulty and costs of designing and implementing an effective control environment across diverse regions and employee
bases;
•
the difficulty and costs of maintaining effective data security; and
• unfavorable and/or changing foreign tax treaties and policies.
Our financial performance on a United States dollar denominated basis is subject to fluctuations in currency exchange rates.
Our principal exposure is to the British pound sterling, the Canadian dollar and the Euro.
United States and global capital and credit market issues could negatively affect our liquidity, increase our costs of borrowing
and disrupt the operations of our suppliers and customers.
United States and global credit markets have, from time to time, experienced significant dislocations and liquidity disruptions
which caused the spreads on prospective debt financings to widen considerably. These circumstances materially impacted liquidity
in the debt markets, making financing terms for borrowers less attractive and in certain cases resulted in the unavailability of certain
types of debt financing. Events affecting the credit markets also have had an adverse effect on other financial markets in the United
States, which may make it more difficult or costly for us to raise capital through the issuance of common stock or other equity
securities or refinance our existing debt, sell our assets or borrow more money, if necessary. Our business also could be negatively
impacted if our suppliers or customers experience disruptions resulting from tighter capital and credit markets or a slowdown in
the general economy. Any of these risks could impair our ability to fund our operations or limit our ability to expand our business
or increase our interest expense, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and
cash flows.
Changing currency exchange rates may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We have operations and assets in the United States as well as foreign jurisdictions, and a portion of our contracts and revenues
are denominated in foreign currencies. Our consolidated financial statements are presented in United States dollars. We therefore
must translate our foreign assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses into United States dollars at applicable exchange rates.
Consequently, fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies relative to the United States dollar may negatively affect the value of
these items in our consolidated financial statements. To the extent we fail to manage our foreign currency exposure adequately, we
may suffer losses in value of our net foreign currency investment, and our consolidated financial condition, results of operations
and cash flows may be negatively affected.
The uncertainty surrounding the implementation and effect of Brexit may cause increased economic volatility, affecting our
operations and business.
The results of the referendum relating to the membership of the U.K. in the European Union, advising for the exit of the U.K.
from the European Union (“Brexit”), may cause disruptions to and create uncertainty surrounding our business, including affecting
our relationships with our existing and future customers, suppliers and employees. The effects of Brexit will depend on any
agreements the U.K. makes to retain access to European Union markets either during a transitional period or more permanently.
16
The measures could potentially disrupt the markets we serve and may cause us to lose customers, suppliers and employees. In
addition, Brexit could lead to legal uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws and regulations as the U.K. determines which
European Union laws to replace or replicate.
These developments may have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial
markets, and may significantly reduce global market liquidity and restrict the ability of key market participants to operate in certain
financial markets. Any of these factors could depress economic activity and restrict our access to capital, which could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Agricultural diseases or pests could harm our business.
Many of our business activities are subject to a variety of agricultural risks, including diseases and pests, which can adversely
affect the quality and quantity of the raw materials we use, as well as the products we produce and distribute. Any actual or potential
contamination of our products could result in product recalls, market withdrawals, safety alerts, cessation of manufacturing or
distribution or, if we fail to comply with applicable FDA, USDA or other regulatory authority requirements, enforcement actions. We
also could be subject to product liability claims or adverse publicity if any of our products are alleged to have caused illness or
injury.
Avian influenza occasionally affects the domestic poultry industry, leading to hen deaths. In 2015, an avian influenza outbreak
occurred in the midwest of the United States affecting a substantial portion of our owned and third party contracted flocks. Although
we utilize biosecurity measures at our layer locations to protect against disease exposures, if our facilities are exposed to diseases
and pests, such exposure could affect a substantial portion of our production facilities in any year and could have a material adverse
effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Diseases affecting livestock occasionally
impact sow supply, which also could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows.
We may not be able to operate successfully if we lose key personnel, are unable to hire qualified additional personnel or experience
turnover of our management team.
We are highly dependent on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel to operate and expand our business. If we lose
key personnel or one or more members of our senior management team, or if we fail to attract new employees, our business, financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows could be harmed.
Labor strikes or work stoppages by our employees could harm our business.
Some of our full-time production, maintenance and warehouse employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. A
dispute with a union or employees represented by a union could result in production interruptions caused by work stoppages. If a
strike or work stoppage were to occur, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected. In
addition, we could be subject to unionization efforts at our non-union facilities. Increased unionization of our workforce could lead
to disruptions in our business, increases in our operating costs and constraints on our operating flexibility.
In the event of a work stoppage, we have contingency plans in place to hire additional labor or manufacture products in other
locations to mitigate disruption to our business. However, there are limitations inherent in any plan to mitigate disruption to our
business in the event of a work stoppage and, particularly in the case of a prolonged work stoppage, there can be no assurance that
it would not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We may experience losses or be subject to increased funding and expenses to our qualified pension and other postretirement
plans, which could negatively impact profits.
We maintain qualified defined benefit plans in the United States, Canada and the U.K. primarily for our Post Consumer Brands
and Weetabix businesses, and we are obligated to ensure that these plans are funded or paid in accordance with applicable regulations.
In the event the assets in which we invest do not perform according to expectations, or the valuation of the projected benefit obligation
increases due to changes in interest rates or other factors, we may be required to make significant cash contributions to these plans
and recognize increased expense on our financial statements.
Increases in costs of medical and other employee health and welfare benefits may reduce our profitability.
With approximately 9,790 employees as of November 1, 2018 (which excludes the employees of our unconsolidated
subsidiaries), our profitability may be substantially affected by costs of medical and other health and welfare benefits for these
employees as well as certain former employees. Although we try to control these costs, they can vary because of changes in health
care laws and experience, which have the potential to increase the cost of providing medical and other employee health and welfare
benefits. Any substantial increase could negatively affect our profitability.
17
Technology failures, cybersecurity incidents and corruption of our data privacy protections could disrupt our operations and
negatively impact our business.
We rely on information technology networks and systems to process, transmit and store operating and financial information,
to manage and support a variety of business processes and activities and to comply with regulatory, legal and tax requirements. For
example, our production and distribution facilities and inventory management utilize information technology to increase efficiencies
and control costs. Furthermore, a significant portion of the communications between our personnel, customers and suppliers depends
on information technology. Some of our information technology needs are outsourced to third parties. Our and our third party
vendors’ information technology systems may be vulnerable to a variety of interruptions due to events beyond our or their control,
including, but not limited to, natural disasters, terrorist attacks, telecommunications failures, power outages, computer viruses and
malware, hardware or software failures, cybersecurity incidents, hackers and other security issues. Such interruptions could
negatively impact our business.
If we do not allocate and effectively manage the resources necessary to build and sustain the proper technology infrastructure
and to maintain and protect the related automated and manual control processes, or if one of our third party service providers fails
to provide the services we require, we could be subject to billing and collection errors, business disruptions or damage resulting
from such events, particularly material security breaches and cybersecurity incidents. If any of our significant information technology
systems suffers severe damage, disruption or shutdown, and our business continuity plans do not effectively resolve the issues in
a timely manner, our product sales, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be materially and adversely affected,
and we could experience delays in reporting our financial results. In addition, there is a risk of business interruption, litigation and
reputational damage from leaks of confidential or personal information. While we have insurance programs in place related to these
matters, the potential liabilities associated with such events, or those that could arise in the future, could be excluded from coverage
or, if covered, could exceed the coverage provided by such programs. Although we have not detected a material security breach or
cybersecurity incident to date, we have been the target of events of this nature and expect them to continue.
We also are subject to an evolving body of federal, state and foreign laws, regulations, guidelines and principles regarding data
privacy, data protection and data security. A data breach or inability on our part to comply with such laws, regulations, guidelines
and principles, or to quickly adapt our practices to reflect them as they develop, could potentially subject us to significant liabilities
and reputational harm. Several foreign governments, including the European Union, have laws and regulations dealing with the
collection and use of personal information obtained from their data subjects, and we could incur substantial penalties or litigation
related to violations of such laws and regulations. In addition, our efforts to comply with such laws and regulations may impose
significant costs and challenges on us.
Our intellectual property rights are valuable and any inability to protect them could reduce the value of our products and brands.
We consider our intellectual property rights, particularly our trademarks, but also our patents, trade secrets, copyrights and
licenses, to be a significant and valuable asset of our business. We attempt to protect our intellectual property rights through a
combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as exclusive and nonexclusive licensing agreements,
third party nondisclosure, confidentiality and assignment agreements and the policing of third party misuses of our intellectual
property. Our failure or inability to obtain or maintain adequate protection of our intellectual property rights, or any change in law
or other changes that serve to lessen or remove the current legal protections of intellectual property, may diminish our competitiveness
and could materially harm our business. In addition, as certain of our trademarks and trade names are subject to nonexclusive
licenses and are shared and used by third parties, negative events outside of our control could have an adverse impact on us, our
results of operations, our financial condition and our cash flows.
We face the risk of claims that we have infringed third parties’ intellectual property rights. Any claims of intellectual property
infringement, even those without merit, could be expensive and time consuming to defend; cause us to cease making, licensing or
using products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property; require us to redesign or rebrand our products or packaging,
if feasible; divert management’s attention and resources; or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements in order to obtain
the right to use a third party’s intellectual property. Any royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available to us on
acceptable terms or at all. Additionally, a successful claim of infringement against us could require us to pay significant damages,
enter into costly license or royalty agreements or stop the sale of certain products, any or all of which could have a negative impact
on our operating profits and harm our future prospects.
We are subject to environmental laws and regulations that can impose significant costs and expose us to potential financial
liabilities.
We are subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and
the environment, including those limiting the discharge and release of pollutants into the environment and those regulating the
transport, storage, disposal and remediation of, and exposure to, solid and hazardous wastes. In addition, our Refrigerated Food
business is subject to particular federal and state requirements governing animal feeding operations and the management of animal
waste. Certain environmental laws and regulations can impose joint and several liability without regard to fault on responsible
18
parties, including past and present owners and operators of sites, related to cleaning up sites at which hazardous materials were
disposed of or released. Failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations could result in severe fines and penalties by
governments or courts of law. In addition, future laws may more stringently regulate the emission of greenhouse gases, particularly
carbon dioxide and methane. We cannot predict the impact that such regulation may have, or that climate change may otherwise
have, on our business.
Future events, such as new or more stringent environmental laws and regulations, new environmental claims, the discovery of
currently unknown environmental conditions requiring response action or more vigorous interpretations or enforcement of existing
environmental laws and regulations, might require us to incur additional costs that could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Climate change, or legal or market measures to address climate change, may negatively affect our business and operations.
There is growing concern that carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases in the atmosphere may have an adverse impact on
global temperatures, weather patterns and the frequency and severity of extreme weather and natural disasters. If any of these climate
changes has a negative effect on agricultural productivity, we may be subject to decreased availability or less favorable pricing for
certain commodities that are necessary for our products, including wheat, oats and other grain products, dairy-based proteins, eggs
and sows. In addition, increases in the frequency and severity of extreme weather and natural disasters may result in damage and
disruptions to our manufacturing operations and distribution channels. The increasing concern over climate change also may result
in more federal, state, local and foreign legal requirements to reduce or mitigate the effects of greenhouse gases. If such laws are
enacted, we may experience significant increases in our costs of operation and delivery. As a result, climate change could negatively
affect our business and operations.
Our actual operating results may differ significantly from our guidance.
From time to time, we release guidance regarding our future performance, the future performance of some or all of our
unconsolidated subsidiaries or the expected future performance of companies or businesses that we have agreed to acquire. This
guidance, which consists of forward-looking statements, is prepared by our management and is qualified by, and subject to, the
assumptions and the other information contained or referred to in such release and the factors described under “Cautionary Statement
on Forward-Looking Statements” in our current and periodic reports filed with the SEC. Our guidance is not prepared with a view
toward compliance with published guidelines of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and neither our independent
registered public accounting firm nor any other independent expert or outside party compiles or examines the guidance and,
accordingly, no such person expresses any opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.
Guidance is based upon a number of assumptions and estimates that, although presented with numerical specificity, are inherently
subject to business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control and are based
upon specific assumptions with respect to future business decisions, some of which will change. We generally state possible outcomes
as high and low ranges which are intended to provide a sensitivity analysis as variables are changed but are not intended to represent
that actual results could not fall outside of the suggested ranges. The principal reason that we release this data is to provide a basis
for our management to discuss our business outlook with analysts and investors. We do not accept any responsibility for any
projections or reports published by any such persons.
Guidance is necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions of the guidance
furnished by us will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results. Accordingly, our guidance is only an estimate of
what management believes is realizable as of the date of release. Actual results will vary from the guidance. Investors also should
recognize that the reliability of any forecasted financial data diminishes the farther in the future that the data is forecast. In light of
the foregoing, investors are urged to put the guidance in context and not to place undue reliance on it.
Any failure to successfully implement our operating strategy or the occurrence of any of the risks or uncertainties set forth in
this report could result in actual operating results being different than the guidance, and such differences may be adverse and
material.
If we are unable to continue to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or our internal control
over financial reporting is not effective, the reliability of our financial statements may be questioned, and our stock price may
suffer.
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”) requires any company subject to the reporting requirements of the
United States securities laws to perform a comprehensive evaluation of its and its consolidated subsidiaries’ internal control over
financial reporting. To comply with this statute, we are required to document and test our internal control procedures, our management
is required to assess and issue a report concerning our internal control over financial reporting and our independent registered public
accounting firm is required to issue an opinion on its audit of our internal control over financial reporting.
The rules governing the standards that must be met for management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are
complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation to meet the detailed standards under the rules.
19
During the course of its testing, our management may identify material weaknesses or significant deficiencies which may not be
remedied in time to meet the annual deadline imposed by SOX. If our management cannot favorably assess the effectiveness of
our internal control over financial reporting or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies material weaknesses in
our internal controls, investor confidence in our financial results may weaken, and our stock price may consequently suffer. In
addition, in the event we do not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, we might fail to timely prevent or detect
potential financial misstatements. As of September 30, 2018, management determined that our internal control over financial
reporting was effective.
Actions of shareholders could cause us to incur substantial costs, divert management’s attention and resources and have an
adverse effect on our business.
From time to time, we may be subject to proposals and other requests from shareholders urging us to take certain corporate
actions, including proposals seeking to influence our corporate policies or effecting a change in our management. In the event of
such shareholder proposals, particularly with respect to matters which our management and Board of Directors, in exercising their
fiduciary duties, disagree with or have determined not to pursue, our business could be adversely affected because responding to
actions and requests of shareholders can be costly and time-consuming, disrupting our operations and diverting the attention of
management and our employees. Additionally, perceived uncertainties as to our future direction may result in the loss of potential
business opportunities and may make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel, business partners and customers.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness
We have substantial debt and high leverage, which could have a negative impact on our financing options and liquidity position
and which could adversely affect our business.
We have a significant amount of debt. We had $7,917.4 million in aggregate principal amount of total debt as of September 30,
2018, which includes $625.0 million borrowed under a bridge loan facility that was assumed by 8th Avenue upon the closing of
the transaction involving our historical Private Brands business on October 1, 2018 (the “Bridge Loan”) and was classified as held
for sale as of September 30, 2018. Additionally, our secured revolving credit facility has borrowing capacity of $781.5 million at
September 30, 2018 (all of which would be secured when drawn).
Our overall leverage and the terms of our financing arrangements could:
•
limit our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, for capital expenditures, for acquisitions,
to fund growth or for general corporate purposes, even when necessary to maintain adequate liquidity, particularly if any
ratings assigned to our debt securities by rating organizations were revised downward;
• make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations under the terms of our financing arrangements;
•
•
•
•
trigger limitations on our ability to deduct interest paid on such indebtedness;
limit our ability to refinance our indebtedness on terms acceptable to us or at all;
limit our flexibility to plan for and to adjust to changing business and market conditions in the industries in which we
operate and increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make interest and principal payments on
our debt, thereby limiting the availability of our cash flow to fund future investments, capital expenditures, working capital,
business activities and other general corporate requirements;
•
increase our vulnerability to adverse economic or industry conditions; and
• subject us to higher levels of indebtedness than our competitors, which may cause a competitive disadvantage and may
reduce our flexibility in responding to increased competition.
Our ability to meet expenses and debt service obligations will depend on our future performance, which will be affected by
financial, business, economic and other factors, including potential changes in consumer preferences, the success of product and
marketing innovation and pressure from competitors. If we do not generate enough cash to pay our debt service obligations, we
may be required to refinance all or part of our existing debt, sell assets, borrow more money or raise additional equity.
Despite our current level of indebtedness, we may be able to incur substantially more debt, which could further exacerbate the
risks described above.
We may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the financing arrangements governing our
indebtedness contain restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of
qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial.
These restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness, as defined in the documents
governing our indebtedness.
20
The agreements governing our debt, including the indentures governing our senior notes, contain, or may in future financings
contain, various covenants that limit our ability to take certain actions and also require us to meet financial maintenance tests,
and failure to comply with these covenants could have a material adverse effect on us.
Our financing arrangements contain restrictions, covenants and events of default that, among other things, require us to satisfy
certain financial tests and maintain certain financial ratios and restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness and to refinance
our existing indebtedness. Financing arrangements which we enter into in the future could contain similar restrictions and could
additionally require us to comply with similar, new or additional financial tests or to maintain similar, new or additional financial
ratios. The terms of our financing arrangements, financing arrangements which we enter into in the future and any future indebtedness
may impose various restrictions and covenants on us that could limit our ability to pay dividends, respond to market conditions,
provide for capital investment needs or take advantage of business opportunities by limiting the amount of additional borrowings
we may incur. These restrictions include compliance with, or maintenance of, certain financial tests and ratios and may limit or
prohibit our ability to, among other things:
• borrow money or guarantee debt;
• create liens;
• pay dividends on or redeem or repurchase stock or other securities;
• make investments and acquisitions;
• enter into or permit to exist contractual limits on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us;
• enter into new lines of business;
• enter into transactions with affiliates; and
• sell assets or merge with other companies.
Various risks, uncertainties and events beyond our control could affect our ability to comply with these restrictions and covenants.
Failure to comply with any of the restrictions and covenants in our existing or future financing arrangements could result in a default
under those arrangements and under other arrangements containing cross-default provisions.
Our credit agreement contains customary financial covenants, including a covenant requiring us to maintain a senior secured
leverage ratio (as defined in our credit agreement) not to exceed 4.25 to 1.00, measured as of the last day of any fiscal quarter if,
as of the last day of such fiscal quarter, the aggregate outstanding amount of all revolving credit loans, swing line loans and letter
of credit obligations (subject to certain exceptions specified in our credit agreement) exceeds 30% of our revolving credit
commitments. Our credit agreement permits us, subject to certain exceptions, to incur additional unsecured debt only if, among
other conditions, our pro forma consolidated interest coverage ratio, calculated as provided in our credit agreement, would be greater
than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 after giving effect to such new debt. The indentures that govern our senior notes, subject to certain
exceptions, contain a similar restriction.
A default would permit lenders to accelerate the maturity of the debt under these arrangements and to foreclose upon any
collateral securing the debt. Under these circumstances, we might not have sufficient funds or other resources to satisfy all of our
obligations, including our obligations under our indentures, credit agreement and convertible preferred stock. In addition, the
limitations imposed by financing agreements on our ability to incur additional debt and to take other actions might significantly
impair our ability to obtain other financing.
Certain of our subsidiaries may not be subject to the restrictive covenants in our debt.
We have designated 8th Avenue and the subsidiaries of 8th Avenue as unrestricted subsidiaries under our credit agreement and
senior note indentures. Any subsidiary that is designated as unrestricted is not a guarantor under our credit agreement or under our
senior note indentures, and the assets of our unrestricted subsidiaries may not be available to us to pay our obligations on our
indebtedness until all of the liabilities of the unrestricted subsidiaries have been paid in full.
To service our indebtedness and other cash needs, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash
depends on many factors beyond our control.
Our ability to pay interest on our outstanding senior notes, to satisfy our other debt obligations and to fund any planned capital
expenditures, dividends and other cash needs will depend in part upon the future financial and operating performance of our
subsidiaries and upon our ability to renew or refinance borrowings. Prevailing economic conditions and financial, business,
competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, will affect our ability to make these
payments.
If we are unable to make payments or refinance our debt or obtain new financing under these circumstances, we may consider
other options, including:
21
• sales of assets;
• sales of equity;
•
reduction or delay of capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances; or
• negotiations with our lenders to restructure the applicable debt.
Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, and future borrowings may not be available to us in an
amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including the senior notes and our other debt obligations, or to fund our
other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. We may not be able to
refinance any of our debt on commercially reasonable terms or at all.
Increases in interest rates may negatively affect earnings.
As of September 30, 2018, the aggregate principal amount of our debt instruments with exposure to interest rate risk was
$2,797.5 million, based on the outstanding debt balance of our term loan and the $625.0 million Bridge Loan, which was classified
as held for sale. As a result, higher interest rates will increase the cost of servicing our financial instruments with exposure to interest
rate risk and could materially reduce our profitability and cash flows. In May 2017, we entered into $1,000.0 million of long-term
interest rate swap agreements to lock into a fixed LIBOR rate base, beginning on May 24, 2017 and ending on May 24, 2024. As
of September 30, 2018, each one hundred basis points change in LIBOR rates would result in an approximate $18.0 million change
in the annual cash interest expense, before any principal payment, on our financial instruments with exposure to interest rate risk,
including the impact of the $1,000.0 million in interest rate swap agreements.
With the closing of the 8th Avenue transaction on October 1, 2018, the Company assigned the $625.0 million Bridge Loan to
8th Avenue, repaid approximately $863.0 million of the Company’s term loan and subsequently terminated $800.0 million of the
Company’s related long-term interest rate swap agreements. After giving effect to these transactions, each one hundred basis points
change in LIBOR rates would result in an approximate $11.0 million change in the annual cash interest expense, before any principal
payment, on our financial instruments with exposure to interest rate risk.
Risks Related to Our Common Stock
Your percentage ownership in Post may be diluted in the future.
As with any publicly traded company, our shareholders’ percentage ownership in Post may be diluted in the future because of
equity issuances for acquisitions, capital market transactions or otherwise, including equity awards that we expect will be granted
to our directors, officers and employees and the accelerated vesting of other equity awards. For a more detailed description of our
equity incentive plan, see “Executive Compensation” in Item 11 of this report.
The market price and trading volume of our common stock may be volatile.
The market price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly for many reasons, including in response to the risks and
uncertainties discussed in this report or for reasons unrelated to our performance, such as reports by industry analysts, investor
perceptions or negative developments relating to our customers, competitors or suppliers, as well as general economic and industry
conditions.
Provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws and provisions of Missouri law may prevent or delay an acquisition of
the Company, which could decrease the trading price of our common stock.
Our articles of incorporation, bylaws and Missouri law contain provisions intended to deter coercive takeover practices and
inadequate takeover bids by making such practices or bids unacceptably expensive and incentivizing prospective acquirers to
negotiate with our Board of Directors rather than to attempt a hostile takeover. These provisions include, among others:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the Board of Directors is divided into three classes with staggered terms;
the Board of Directors fixes the number of members on the Board;
elimination of the rights of our shareholders to act by written consent (except when such consent is unanimous) and to
call shareholder meetings;
rules regarding how shareholders may present proposals or nominate directors for election at shareholder meetings;
the right of our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock without shareholder approval;
supermajority vote requirements for certain amendments to our articles of incorporation and bylaws;
anti-takeover provisions of Missouri law which may prevent us from engaging in a business combination with an interested
shareholder, or which may deter third parties from acquiring amounts of our common stock above certain thresholds; and
limitations on the right of shareholders to remove directors.
22
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
Not applicable.
ITEM 2.
PROPERTIES
We own our principal executive offices and lease corporate administrative offices in St. Louis, Missouri. The general offices
and location of our principal operations for each of our businesses are set forth in the summary below. We also lease sales offices
mainly in the United States and maintain a number of stand-alone distribution facilities. In addition, there is on-site warehouse
space available at many of our manufacturing facilities. Utilization of manufacturing capacity varies by manufacturing plant based
upon the type of products assigned and the level of demand for those products.
We own many of our manufacturing facilities. Certain of our owned real properties are subject to mortgages or other applicable
security interests pursuant to our financing arrangements. Management believes our facilities are suitable and adequate for the
purposes for which they are used and are adequately maintained. We generally believe our facilities, with our announced plans
for expansion, provide adequate capacity for current and anticipated future customer demand.
Post Consumer Brands
The main administrative office for Post Consumer Brands, which we own, is located in Lakeville, Minnesota. Post Consumer
Brands also leases administrative office space in Bentonville, Arkansas and Toronto, Canada.
Post Consumer Brands has nine owned manufacturing facilities located in Asheboro, North Carolina; Battle Creek, Michigan;
Clinton, Massachusetts; Jonesboro, Arkansas; Niagara Falls, Ontario; St. Ansgar, Iowa; Tremonton, Utah and two facilities, in
addition to warehouse space, in Northfield, Minnesota. Post Consumer Brands also leases land for another owned manufacturing
facility located in Cobourg, Ontario. Post Consumer Brands maintains approximately 4.4 million square feet of warehouse and
distribution space throughout the United States and Canada, approximately 1.0 million of which is owned by us and approximately
3.4 million of which is leased by us.
Weetabix
Weetabix has four owned manufacturing facilities in the U.K. in Burton Latimer, Corby and Ashton-under-Lyne. In addition,
Weetabix’s joint ventures in Kenya and South Africa each own a manufacturing facility in those respective countries. Weetabix
also leases office space in the United Arab Emirates, Spain and China, and leases warehouse space in China.
Refrigerated Food
The Refrigerated Food segment has administrative offices, which are leased, in Minnetonka, Minnesota; New Albany, Ohio
and Rogers, Arkansas. Refrigerated Food has eight owned egg products production facilities in Illinois, Iowa, Minnesota, Nebraska
and Oregon, and leases facilities for egg products production in Iowa, New Jersey, Pennsylvania and South Dakota. Additionally,
the egg products business owns eight layer facilities in the United States. Refrigerated Food also owns sausage production plants
in Hillsdale, Michigan and Xenia, Ohio. The Refrigerated Food business owns facilities in Chaska, Minnesota and Mars Hill,
Maine, as well as leases a facility in North Las Vegas, Nevada, for its refrigerated potato products business. Refrigerated Food
also leases manufacturing plants in Sulphur Springs, Texas, which produces ready-to-eat products, such as sandwiches, soups and
gravies, and Lima, Ohio, which produces refrigerated mashed potatoes and other potato-based side dishes, macaroni and cheese
and other pasta side dishes. In addition, Refrigerated Food owns a transportation facility in Springfield, Ohio and leases a
transportation facility in Sunnyvale, Texas. The Refrigerated Food segment also owns a cheese processing and packaging facility
and warehouse in Lake Mills, Wisconsin for its cheese and other dairy-case products business.
Active Nutrition
The Active Nutrition segment’s PNC administrative offices, which are leased, are located in Emeryville, California. PNC also
leases offices and a development kitchen in Boise, Idaho. The Dymatize business has a leased administrative office in Dallas,
Texas. Additionally, Active Nutrition owns a manufacturing facility in Voerde, Germany and leases office space in Munich,
Germany; Bern, Switzerland and Manchester in the U.K.
Private Brands
Our historical Private Brands business owns manufacturing facilities in Fitzgerald, Georgia, which are used for peanut butter
production and peanut blanching; in Carrington, North Dakota and New Hope, Minnesota, which are used for pasta production;
and in Eugene, Oregon, which is used for granola production. Additionally, our historical Private Brands business leases
manufacturing facilities in Blaine, Washington; Troy, Alabama; Markham, Ontario; Brampton, Ontario and Burnaby, British
Columbia for nut butter and dried fruit and nut production. The historical Private Brands business also leases administrative offices
in Eugene, Oregon; St. Louis, Missouri and Burnaby, British Columbia. Effective October 1, 2018, in connection with the transaction
23
to separately capitalize 8th Avenue described under “Business” in Item 1 of this report, these properties are directly or indirectly
owned or leased by 8th Avenue, of which Post owns 60.5% of the common equity.
ITEM 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Antitrust claims
In late 2008 and early 2009, some 22 class action lawsuits were filed in various federal courts against Michael Foods, Inc.
(“MFI”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and some 20 other defendants (producers of shell eggs and egg products,
and egg industry organizations), alleging violations of federal and state antitrust laws in connection with the production and sale
of shell eggs and egg products, and seeking unspecified damages. All cases were transferred to the Eastern District of Pennsylvania
for coordinated and/or consolidated pretrial proceedings.
The case involved three plaintiff groups: (1) a nationwide class of direct purchasers of shell eggs (“direct purchaser class”);
(2) individual companies (primarily large grocery chains and food companies that purchase considerable quantities of eggs) that
opted out of various settlements and filed their own complaints related to their purchases of shell eggs and egg products (“opt-out
plaintiffs”); and (3) indirect purchasers of shell eggs (“indirect purchaser plaintiffs”).
Resolution of claims: (1) In December 2016, MFI settled all claims asserted against it by the direct purchaser class for a
payment of $75.0 million, which was approved by the district court in December 2017; (2) MFI settled all claims asserted against
it by opt-out plaintiffs related to shell egg purchases on confidential terms in January 2017; and (3) in June 2018, MFI settled all
claims asserted against it by indirect purchaser plaintiffs on confidential terms. MFI has at all times denied liability in this matter,
and no settlement contains any admission of liability by MFI.
Remaining portion of the case: MFI remains a defendant only with respect to claims that seek damages based on purchases
of egg products by opt-out plaintiffs. The district court had granted summary judgment precluding any claims for egg products
purchases by opt-out plaintiffs, but the Third Circuit Court of Appeals reversed and remanded these claims for further pre-trial
proceedings. Defendants have filed a second motion for summary judgment seeking dismissal of the claims, and that motion is
currently pending.
Although the likelihood of a material adverse outcome in the egg antitrust litigation has been significantly reduced as a result
of the MFI settlements described above, the remaining portion of the case could still result in a material adverse outcome.
Bob Evans Appraisal Proceedings
Prior to completion of the Company’s acquisition of Bob Evans on January 12, 2018, Bob Evans received demands from
certain stockholders demanding appraisal of their shares of Bob Evans common stock. After the completion of the acquisition,
several such former stockholders filed petitions in the Delaware Court of Chancery (Arbitrage Fund v. Bob Evans Farms, Inc.
filed on January 23, 2018; Blue Mountain Credit Alternatives Master Fund L.P., et al. v. Bob Evans Farms, Inc. filed on April 30,
2018; and 2017 Clarendon LLC, et al. v. Bob Evans Farms, Inc. filed on April 30, 2018) seeking appraisal of their shares of Bob
Evans common stock pursuant to Section 262 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“Section 262”). The lawsuits seek
appraisal for such shares, plus statutory interest, as well as the costs of the proceedings and such other relief as appropriate. Under
Section 262, persons who were stockholders at the time of the closing are entitled to have their shares appraised by the Delaware
Court of Chancery and receive payment of the “fair value” of such shares (plus statutory interest) as determined by the Delaware
Court of Chancery so long as such persons comply with applicable procedural requirements. By virtue of these lawsuits,
approximately 3.3 million shares of Bob Evans common stock (which were held by such former stockholders) are before the court
for appraisal. As of completion of the acquisition, former Bob Evans stockholders can no longer submit new demands for appraisal.
All other former stockholders have been paid for their shares at the $77.00 per share merger consideration amount. The Company
intends to vigorously defend the cases.
Other
The Company is subject to various other legal proceedings and actions arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion
of management, based upon the information presently known, the ultimate liability, if any, arising from such pending legal
proceedings, as well as from asserted legal claims and known potential legal claims which are likely to be asserted, taking into
account established accruals for estimated liabilities (if any), are not expected to be material individually or in the aggregate to
the consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company. In addition, although it is difficult to
estimate the potential financial impact of actions regarding expenditures for compliance with regulatory matters, in the opinion
of management, based upon the information currently available, the ultimate liability arising from such compliance matters is not
expected to be material to the consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.
24
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.
25
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market for Common Stock and Dividends
Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “POST.” There were approximately 5,050
shareholders of record on November 1, 2018. We did not pay any cash dividends on our common stock during the years ended
September 30, 2018 or 2017. We have no plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, and the
indentures governing our debt securities and our credit facilities restrict our ability to pay dividends.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
There were no purchases of equity securities by the issuer or affiliated purchasers during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018.
Performance Graph
The following performance graph compares the changes, for the period indicated, in the cumulative total value of $100
hypothetically invested in each of (a) Post common stock, (b) the Russell 1000 index, and (c) a peer group composed of 12 United
States-based public companies in the food and consumer packaged goods industries.
The peer group companies are: B&G Foods, Inc.; Brown-Forman Corporation; Coca-Cola Bottling Co.; Cott Corporation;
Darling International Inc.; Flowers Foods, Inc.; The Hain Celestial Group, Inc.; J&J Snack Foods Corp.; Pinnacle Foods Inc.;
Sanderson Farms, Inc.; Sunopta Inc. and TreeHouse Foods Inc. Snyder’s-Lance, Inc. was removed from the peer group for the
most recent period as it was acquired in 2018 and is no longer a publicly traded company.
This graph covers the period from September 30, 2013 through September 28, 2018.
* $100 invested on 9/30/13 in stock or index.
26
Performance Graph Data
9/30/2013
9/30/2014
9/30/2015
9/30/2016
9/29/2017
9/28/2018
Post ($)
Russell 1000
Index ($)
Peer
Group ($)
100.00
82.19
146.40
191.16
218.65
242.85
100.00
116.70
113.73
127.97
148.69
171.85
100.00
112.39
127.72
131.57
150.27
150.65
The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.
This performance graph shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or incorporated by
reference into any of our filings under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific
reference in such filing.
The information required under this Item 5 concerning equity compensation plan information is set out below under Item 12
of this report and is incorporated herein by this reference.
27
ITEM 6.
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
FIVE YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY
(in millions, except per share data)
(dollars in millions, except per share data)
Statements of Operations Data
Net sales
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Amortization of intangible assets
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets (b)
Other operating expenses, net
Operating profit (loss)
Interest expense, net
Loss on extinguishment of debt, net (c)
(Income) expense on swaps, net (d)
Earnings (loss) before income taxes and equity method loss
Income tax (benefit) expense (e)
Equity method loss, net of tax (f)
Net earnings (loss) including noncontrolling interest
Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interest (f)
Net earnings (loss)
Preferred stock dividends
Net earnings (loss) available to common shareholders
Earnings (Loss) Per Share
Basic
Diluted
Statements of Cash Flows Data
Depreciation and amortization
Cash provided (used) by:
Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities
Balance Sheet Data
Cash and cash equivalents
Working capital (excluding cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and
current portion of long-term debt)
Total assets
Debt, including short-term portion and amounts held for sale
Other liabilities
Total shareholders’ equity
____________
2018 (a)
$ 6,257.2
4,390.4
1,866.8
975.2
177.4
124.9
1.8
587.5
387.3
31.1
(95.6)
264.7
(204.0)
0.3
468.4
1.1
467.3
(10.0)
457.3
$
Year Ended September 30,
2016 (a)
2015 (a)
2017 (a)
2014 (a)
$ 5,225.8
3,651.7
1,574.1
867.4
159.1
26.5
0.8
520.3
314.8
222.9
(91.8)
74.4
26.1
—
48.3
—
48.3
(13.5)
34.8
$
$ 2,411.1
$ 4,648.2
$ 5,026.8
1,789.9
3,473.8
3,479.4
621.2
1,174.4
1,547.4
459.5
734.1
839.7
70.8
141.7
152.6
295.6
60.8
—
3.0
25.1
9.4
(207.7)
212.7
545.7
183.7
257.5
306.5
—
30.0
86.4
35.5
92.5
182.9
(426.9)
(167.3)
(30.1)
(83.7)
(52.0)
(26.8)
—
—
—
(343.2)
(115.3)
(3.3)
—
—
—
(343.2)
(115.3)
(3.3)
(25.1)
(15.4)
(17.0)
(28.4) $ (132.3) $ (358.6)
$
$
$
6.87
6.16
$
$
0.51
0.50
$
398.4
$
323.1
719.3
$
(1,676.9)
423.4
386.7
$
(2,090.8)
2,053.1
$
$
$
$
(0.41) $
(0.41) $
(2.33) $
(2.33) $
(9.03)
(9.03)
302.8
$
272.8
$
155.8
502.4
(196.1)
(4.5)
451.6
$
(1,248.7)
1,372.4
163.0
$
(3,793.6)
3,504.3
$
989.7
$ 1,525.9
$ 1,143.6
$
841.4
$
268.4
435.8
13,057.5
7,868.8
499.3
3,060.5
403.5
11,876.8
7,171.2
327.8
2,789.7
303.2
9,360.6
4,563.5
440.3
3,008.6
317.6
9,163.9
4,470.9
290.2
2,976.0
362.3
7,669.0
3,794.0
182.4
2,283.2
(a) The data in these columns include results from acquisitions from the respective date of acquisition through September 30, 2018, as well as
results from fiscal 2016 and 2015 divestitures from October 1, 2014 through the date of sale. For more information on our 2018, 2017 and
2016 acquisitions, see Note 4 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” In fiscal 2016, the Company sold certain assets of its
Michael Foods Canadian egg business. In fiscal 2015, the Company acquired the PowerBar and Musashi brands, ABC and MOM Brands,
and sold the PowerBar Australia assets and the Musashi trademark. In fiscal 2014, the Company acquired Dakota Growers, Dymatize,
Golden Boy and Michael Foods.
(b) For information about the impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, see “Critical Accounting
Policies and Estimates” and Notes 2 and 7 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” In the year ended September 30, 2015,
the Company recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $57.0 million related to its Active Nutrition segment, as well as impairment losses
of $3.7 million and $0.1 million related to the Grape-Nuts brand and the 100% Bran brand, respectively. In the year ended September 30,
2014, the Company recorded goodwill impairment charges of $181.3 million and $31.3 million related to its Post Consumer Brands and
Active Nutrition segments, respectively, as well as impairment losses of $34.4 million for the Post brand, $23.0 million for the Honey
Bunches of Oats brand, $17.2 million for the Post Shredded Wheat brand and $8.4 million for the Grape-Nuts brand.
28
(c) For information about losses on extinguishment of debt, net for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, see Note 16 within “Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.” In the year ended September 30, 2015, the Company expensed $30.0 million of debt issuance costs and unamortized
debt discount related to the repayment of a portion its prior term loan.
(d) For information about (income) expense on swaps, net for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 14 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” In the years ended
September 30, 2015 and 2014, Post recorded expense of $92.5 million and $35.5 million, respectively, related to non-cash mark-to-market
adjustments on its interest rate swaps.
(e) In fiscal 2018, the effective tax rate was impacted by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which was enacted on December 22, 2017. For information
about income tax (benefit) expense, see Note 9 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”
(f) For information about equity method investments, see Note 8 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”
29
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
The following discussion summarizes the significant factors affecting the consolidated operating results, financial condition,
liquidity and capital resources of Post Holdings, Inc. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements
under Item 8 and the “Cautionary Statement on Forward-Looking Statements” on page 1.
We are a consumer packaged goods holding company, operating in five reportable segments as of September 30, 2018: Post
Consumer Brands, Weetabix, Refrigerated Food, Active Nutrition and Private Brands. Our products are sold through a variety
of channels such as grocery, club and drug stores, mass merchandisers, foodservice, food ingredient and e-commerce.
OVERVIEW
Acquisitions
We completed the following acquisitions during fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016:
Fiscal 2018
• Bob Evans Farms, Inc. (“Bob Evans”), acquired January 12, 2018 and reported in our Refrigerated Food segment.
Fiscal 2017
• National Pasteurized Eggs, Inc. (“NPE”), acquired October 3, 2016 and reported in our Refrigerated Food segment; and
• Latimer Newco 2 Limited (“Latimer”), and all of Latimer’s direct and indirect subsidiaries at the time of acquisition,
including Weetabix Limited (collectively the “Weetabix Group”), acquired July 3, 2017. The results of the Weetabix
Group’s operations outside of North America (“Weetabix”) are reported as our Weetabix segment and the Weetabix
Group’s North American operations (“Weetabix NA”) are reported in our Post Consumer Brands segment.
Fiscal 2016
• Willamette Egg Farms (“WEF”), acquired October 3, 2015 and reported in our Refrigerated Food segment.
Due to the level of integration within the existing businesses, certain discrete financial data for businesses acquired in fiscal 2018,
2017 and 2016 is not available for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016.
Transaction Subsequent to Period End
On October 1, 2018, we completed the previously announced transactions (the “8th Avenue Transactions”) pursuant to the
Transaction Agreement (the “Transaction Agreement”), dated as of August 2, 2018, among us, 8th Avenue Food & Provisions,
Inc. (“8th Avenue”) and an affiliate of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. Upon the closing of the 8th Avenue Transactions, 8th Avenue
became the holding company for our private brands food products business, and we received total proceeds of $875.0 million,
retaining shares of common stock equal to 60.5% of the common equity in 8th Avenue. For additional information refer to Notes
4, 6 and 16 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” and “Business” in Item 1.
Segment Reorganization
During the second quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company reorganized its operating segments, which resulted in reorganized
reportable segments in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280, “Segment Reporting.” At
September 30, 2018, the Company’s reportable segments were as follows:
Post Consumer Brands: North American ready-to-eat (“RTE”) cereal business;
•
• Weetabix: RTE cereal and the branded muesli business sold and distributed primarily outside of North America;
• Refrigerated Food: refrigerated foodservice, primarily egg and potato, and refrigerated retail, inclusive of side dishes,
egg, cheese and sausage;
• Active Nutrition: protein shakes, bars and powders and nutritional supplements; and
•
Private Brands: peanut and other nut butters, dried fruit and nut products, granola and pasta.
All historical segment results reported herein have been reclassified to conform with the September 30, 2018 presentation.
30
%
Change
4 %
(5)%
(3)%
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Fiscal 2018 compared to 2017
Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016
favorable/(unfavorable)
favorable/(unfavorable)
dollars in millions
Net Sales
2018
$ 6,257.2
2017
$ 5,225.8
$
Change
$1,031.4
%
Change
2017
20 % $ 5,225.8
2016
$ 5,026.8
$
Change
$ 199.0
Operating Profit
Interest expense, net
Loss on extinguishment of
debt, net
$ 587.5
387.3
$ 520.3
314.8
$
67.2
(72.5)
13 % $ 520.3
314.8
(23)%
$ 545.7
306.5
$ (25.4)
(8.3)
31.1
222.9
191.8
86 %
222.9
86.4
(136.5)
(158)%
(Income) expense on swaps,
net
(95.6)
Income tax (benefit) expense
(204.0)
(91.8)
26.1
3.8
230.1
4 %
882 %
(91.8)
26.1
182.9
(26.8)
274.7
(52.9)
150 %
(197)%
Equity method loss, net of
tax
Less: Net earnings
attributable to noncontrolling
interest
Net Earnings (Loss)
Net Sales
Fiscal 2018 compared to 2017
0.3
—
(0.3)
n/a
—
1.1
$ 467.3
$
—
48.3
(1.1)
$ 419.0
n/a
867 % $
—
48.3
—
—
$
(3.3) $
—
n/a
—
51.6
n/a
1,564 %
Net sales increased $1,031.4 million, or 20%, during the year ended September 30, 2018. This increase was primarily due
to the inclusion of incremental contributions from our current year acquisition of Bob Evans and our prior year acquisition of the
Weetabix Group, combined with net sales growth in all of our segments for the year ended September 30, 2018. For further
discussion, refer to “Segment Results” within this section.
Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016
Net sales increased $199.0 million, or 4%, during the year ended September 30, 2017. These increases were primarily due
to the inclusion of incremental contributions from fiscal 2017 and 2016 acquisitions and net sales growth in our Premier Protein
branded products, as well as increased net sales in our Pebbles and Malt-O-Meal RTE cereal brands, our side dishes business
and our traditional and organic peanut butter products. The net sales growth was partially offset by reduced net sales in our other
RTE cereal brands, other protein powder and bar brands and egg, cheese, pasta, dried fruit and nut and tree nut butter products.
For further discussion, refer to “Segment Results” within this section.
Operating Profit
Fiscal 2018 compared to 2017
Operating profit increased $67.2 million, or 13%, for the year ended September 30, 2018. In the years ended September 30,
2018 and 2017, operating profit was impacted by losses related to the impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets of
$124.9 million and $26.5 million, respectively, and provisions for legal settlement of $17.3 million and $74.5 million, respectively.
Additionally, the year ended September 30, 2017 was impacted by net foreign currency gains of $30.0 million related to cash
held in Pounds Sterling to fund the fiscal 2017 acquisition of the Weetabix Group. Excluding these impacts in both years, operating
profit increased $138.4 million, or 23%, primarily resulting from the inclusion of incremental segment profit contributions from
our current year acquisition of Bob Evans and our prior year acquisition of the Weetabix Group, as well as increased segment
profit within our Refrigerated Food, Active Nutrition and Private Brands segments for the year ended September 30, 2018, partially
offset by a decrease in segment profit within our Post Consumer Brands segment. General corporate expenses and other, excluding
the previously described foreign currency gains, were higher in the year ended September 30, 2018. For further discussion, refer
to “Segment Results” within this section.
Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016
Operating profit decreased $25.4 million, or 5%, for the year ended September 30, 2017. Operating profit was impacted in
the year ended September 30, 2017 by losses related to the impairment of goodwill of $26.5 million, a provision for legal settlement
of $74.5 million (compared to $28.5 million in the year ended September 30, 2016) in the Refrigerated Food segment and net
foreign currency gains of $30.0 million related to cash held in Pounds Sterling to fund the fiscal 2017 acquisition of the Weetabix
Group. Excluding these impacts in both years, operating profit increased $17.1 million, or 3%, primarily resulting from the
31
inclusion of incremental segment profit contributions from fiscal 2017 and 2016 acquisitions, as well as increased segment profit
within our Post Consumer Brands and Active Nutrition segments for the year ended September 30, 2017, partially offset by a
decrease in segment profit within our Refrigerated Food and Private Brands segments. In addition, general corporate expenses
and other, excluding the previously described foreign currency gains, were higher in the year ended September 30, 2017. For
further discussion, refer to “Segment Results” within this section.
Interest Expense, net
Interest expense increased $72.5 million, or 23%, for the year ended September 30, 2018 compared to the prior year. The
increase was driven primarily by the increase in the principal balance of debt outstanding from debt issued in fiscal 2018 and
2017, partially offset by a decrease in our weighted-average interest rate resulting from a change in debt mix. Our weighted-
average interest rate on our total outstanding debt was 5.0% and 5.5% for the years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017,
respectively. We recorded $13.4 million of interest expense in the year ended September 30, 2018, with respect to the amounts
owed to former holders of shares of Bob Evans common stock who demanded appraisal of their shares under Delaware law and
have not withdrawn their demands (see Note 4 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements”). No such interest expense
was incurred in the year ended September 30, 2017. Additionally, interest expense includes (gains) losses reclassified from
accumulated other comprehensive loss into earnings of $(2.3) million and $0.7 million in the years ended September 30, 2018
and 2017, respectively, related to our interest rate swaps that are designated as hedging instruments.
Interest expense increased $8.3 million, or 3%, for the year ended September 30, 2017, compared to the prior year. The
increase was driven primarily by the increase in the principal balance of debt outstanding from debt issued in fiscal 2017 and
2016, partially offset by a decrease in our weighted-average interest rate resulting from a change in debt mix. Our weighted-
average interest rate on our total outstanding debt was 5.5% and 6.8% for the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016,
respectively. Additionally, interest expense includes losses reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into earnings
of $0.7 million in the years ended September 30, 2017 related to our interest rate swaps that are designated as hedging instruments.
There were no losses reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into interest expense during the year ended
September 30, 2016.
For additional information on our debt, refer to Note 16 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” and “Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” in Item 7A.
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt, net
During the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, we recognized net losses of $31.1 million, $222.9 million and
$86.4 million, respectively, related to the extinguishment of debt.
For the year ended September 30, 2018, the net loss related to the extinguishment of the principal balance of our 6.00%
senior notes due in December 2022, portions of the principal balances of our 5.625% senior notes due in January 2028, 5.75%
senior notes due in March 2027, 5.00% senior notes due in August 2026 and 8.00% senior notes due in July 2025 and the
amendment of our term loan. The loss included premiums and debt extinguishment costs paid of $33.7 million and the write-off
of debt issuance costs of $9.7 million, partially offset by the write-off of an unamortized debt premium of $4.6 million and gains
realized on debt repurchased at a discount of $7.7 million.
For the year ended September 30, 2017, the loss related to the extinguishment of the entire remaining principal balances of
our 6.75% senior notes due in December 2021, 7.375% senior notes due in February 2022 and 7.75% senior notes due in March
2024 and a portion of the principal balance of our 8.00% senior notes due in July 2025. The loss included premiums of $219.8
million and the write-off of debt issuance costs of $18.6 million, partially offset by the write-off of unamortized debt premium
of $15.5 million.
For the year ended September 30, 2016, the loss related to the extinguishment of a portion of our 7.375% senior notes due
in February 2022 and the remaining balance of our prior term loan. The loss included a tender premium of $88.0 million and the
write-off of debt issuance costs of $18.8 million, partially offset by the write-off of net unamortized debt premium and discount
of $20.4 million.
For additional information on our debt, refer to Note 16 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”
(Income) Expense on Swaps, net
During the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, we recognized net (gains) losses of $(95.6) million, $(91.8)
million and $182.9 million, respectively, on our interest rate swaps and cross-currency foreign exchange contracts that were not
designated as hedging instruments. Of the total gains recognized in the year ended September 30, 2018, $(96.7) million related
to non-cash mark-to-market adjustments, which was offset by $1.1 million related to cash settlements, both of which related to
our interest rate swaps. Of the total gains recognized in the year ended September 30, 2017, $(93.6) million related to non-cash
mark-to-market adjustments on our interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts, which was
offset by $1.8 million related to cash settlements on our interest rate swaps. Of the total losses recognized in the year ended
32
September 30, 2016, $182.4 million related to non-cash mark-to-market adjustments and $0.5 million related to cash settlements,
both of which related to our interest rate swaps. For additional information on our interest rate swaps and cross-currency foreign
exchange contracts, refer to Note 14 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” and “Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosures About Market Risk” in Item 7A.
Income Taxes
Our effective tax rate for fiscal 2018 was (77.1)% compared to 35.1% for fiscal 2017 and 89.0% for fiscal 2016. A reconciliation
of income tax (benefit) expense with amounts computed at the statutory federal rate follows:
(dollars in millions)
Computed tax (a)
Enacted tax law and changes, including the Tax Act (a)
Non-deductible goodwill impairment loss
Non-deductible compensation
Non-deductible transaction costs
Domestic production activities deduction
State income taxes, net of effect on federal tax
Non-taxable interest income
Valuation allowances
Change in deferred tax rates
Uncertain tax positions
Sale and liquidation of Michael Foods Canadian egg business
Income tax credits
Rate differential on foreign income
Excess tax benefits for share-based payments
Other, net (none in excess of 5% of statutory tax)
Income tax (benefit) expense
Year Ended September 30,
2017
2016
2018
$
$
$
64.9
(270.9)
—
1.2
1.5
(5.9)
5.6
(2.4)
4.1
0.3
0.3
—
(2.3)
(5.3)
(1.8)
6.7
(204.0) $
26.1
—
7.2
1.8
2.9
—
0.8
(3.4)
4.8
—
(0.5)
—
(1.4)
(6.8)
(6.2)
0.8
26.1
$
$
(10.5)
0.7
—
2.6
—
(4.3)
(6.2)
(2.6)
3.8
(2.0)
(2.0)
(3.6)
(1.5)
(1.8)
—
0.6
(26.8)
(a) Fiscal 2018 federal income tax was computed using a blended U.S. federal corporate income tax rate of 24.5%. The fiscal 2018 tax rate
was impacted by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”), as discussed below. Fiscal 2017 and 2016 federal income tax was computed
at the federal statutory rate of 35%.
In fiscal 2018, the effective tax rate was impacted by the Tax Act, which was enacted on December 22, 2017. The Securities
and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued interpretive guidance regarding the Tax Act, which was codified by Accounting
Standards Update (“ASU”) 2018-05 in March 2018. The Tax Act resulted in significant impacts to our accounting for income
taxes with the most significant of these impacts relating to the reduction of the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate, a one-time
transition tax on unrepatriated foreign earnings and full expensing of certain qualified depreciable assets placed in service after
September 27, 2017 and before January 1, 2023. The Tax Act enacts a new U.S. federal corporate income tax rate of 21% that
will fully go into effect for our fiscal 2019 tax year and is prorated with the pre-December 22, 2017 U.S. federal corporate income
tax rate of 35% for our fiscal 2018 tax year. This proration resulted in a blended U.S. federal corporate income tax rate of 24.5%
for fiscal 2018. At the time these financial statements were issued, we had not completed the accounting for the tax effects related
to the enactment of the Tax Act. However, provisional estimates were made in the following instances: (i) we remeasured our
existing deferred tax assets and liabilities considering both the fiscal 2018 blended rate and the 21% rate for future periods and
recorded a provisional tax benefit of $281.2 million and (ii) we calculated the one-time transition tax and recorded provisional
tax expense of $10.3 million. Full expensing of certain depreciable assets will result in a temporary difference as assets are placed
in service.
The changes included in the Tax Act are broad and complex, and as such, the final transition impacts of the Tax Act may
differ from the above estimates, possibly materially, due to, among other things, changes in interpretations of the Tax Act, any
legislative action to address questions that arise because of the Tax Act, any changes in current accounting standards for income
taxes or related interpretations in response to the Tax Act or any updates or changes to estimates we have utilized to calculate the
transition impacts, including impacts resulting from changes to fiscal 2018 earnings estimates and foreign exchange rates. ASU
2018-05 allows for a measurement period of up to one year after the enactment date of the Tax Act to finalize the recording of
the related tax impacts. We currently anticipate finalizing and recording any resulting adjustments by December 31, 2018.
33
SEGMENT RESULTS
We evaluate each segment’s performance based on its segment profit, which is its operating profit before impairment of
property, goodwill and other intangible assets, facility closure related costs, restructuring expenses, (gains)/losses on assets and
liabilities held for sale, (gains)/losses on sale of plant and other unallocated corporate income and expenses.
Post Consumer Brands
Fiscal 2018 compared to 2017
Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016
dollars in millions
Net Sales
Segment Profit
Segment Profit Margin
2018
$ 1,831.7
$ 329.2
2017
$ 1,742.5
$ 354.9
18%
20%
Fiscal 2018 compared to 2017
favorable/(unfavorable)
$
Change
89.2
$
$ (25.7)
%
Change
2017
5 % $ 1,742.5
(7)% $ 354.9
2016
$ 1,728.2
$ 290.4
favorable/(unfavorable)
$
Change
14.3
$
64.5
$
%
Change
1%
22%
20%
17%
Net sales for the Post Consumer Brands segment increased $89.2 million, or 5%, for the year ended September 30, 2018,
primarily due to the inclusion of an additional nine months of results of the Weetabix NA business in the year ended September
30, 2018, as compared to the prior year period. Excluding this impact, net sales increased 1% on 1% higher volumes. Volume
increases were primarily due to gains in licensed products, driven by new product introductions and expanded distribution, as
well as increases in Honey Bunches of Oats and governmental bid business. These increases were partially offset by decreases
in Malt-O-Meal bags and kid and adult classic brands. Average net selling prices decreased primarily due to higher trade spending,
which included increased slotting fees related to new product introductions, partially offset by a favorable product mix.
Segment profit for the year ended September 30, 2017 decreased $25.7 million, or 7%, compared to the prior year. The
decrease in segment profit was primarily due to unfavorable manufacturing costs of $20.1 million, in part due to higher than
expected conversion costs associated with new product introductions, which are expected to improve in future periods, increased
co-manufacturing costs also associated with new product introductions and unplanned downtime at two of our facilities, which
is not expected to be recurring. Segment profit was also negatively impacted by higher raw material costs of $8.9 million and
higher freight costs of $17.0 million (excluding volume-driven increases). These negative impacts were partially offset by higher
net sales, as previously discussed, lower advertising and consumer spending of $8.7 million and lower employee-related costs.
Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016
Net sales for the Post Consumer Brands segment increased $14.3 million, or 1%, for the year ended September 30, 2017,
primarily due to the inclusion of Weetabix NA, which was acquired in July 2017, in the Post Consumer Brands segment. Excluding
this impact, net sales decreased $13.8 million, or 1%. This decrease was primarily driven by 1% lower volumes. Volume declines
were primarily due to reductions in government bid business, co-manufacturing, Honey Bunches of Oats and adult and kid classic
brands, partially offset by increases in licensed products and Malt-O-Meal branded products. Average net selling prices increased
driven by a favorable sales mix as branded volumes increased and lower margin co-manufacturing and governmental bid business
volumes decreased, partially offset by higher trade spending.
Segment profit for the year ended September 30, 2017 increased $64.5 million, or 22%, compared to the prior year. The year
ended September 30, 2017 included an operating loss of $6.4 million attributable to Weetabix NA. Excluding this impact, segment
profit increased $70.9 million, or 24%, when compared to the prior year period. The increase in segment profit was primarily
due to a 427 basis point improvement in segment profit margin, excluding Weetabix NA. This improvement was driven by reduced
advertising and promotional spending of $30.2 million, lower material, manufacturing and freight costs of $26.8 million and
$11.8 million lower integration costs in the year ended September 30, 2017, as compared to the prior year.
Weetabix
dollars in millions
Net Sales
Segment Profit
Segment Profit Margin
Fiscal 2018 compared to 2017
2018
$ 423.4
87.2
$
2017
$ 112.4
14.5
$
21%
13%
favorable/(unfavorable)
$
Change
$ 311.0
72.7
$
%
Change
277%
501%
34
Fiscal 2018 compared to 2017
Net sales for the Weetabix segment increased $311.0 million, or 277%, for the year September 30, 2018. This increase is
due to the inclusion of an additional nine months of results in the year ended September 30, 2018, as compared to the prior year
period. Volumes declined as compared to the same period (partially pre-acquisition) in the prior year, driven by decreased branded
RTE cereal and Weetabix On The Go drink product volumes, partially offset by increased private label RTE cereal volumes. Net
sales benefited from higher average net selling prices and a favorable foreign exchange translation rate compared to the prior
year period. The increase in average net selling prices was driven by reduced trade spending, partially offset by an unfavorable
product mix.
Segment profit increased $72.7 million, or 501%, for the year ended September 30, 2018. This increase was due to the
inclusion of an additional nine months of results in the year ended September 30, 2018, as compared to the prior year period.
Segment profit was positively impacted in the current year by increased average net selling prices, as previously discussed, as
well as reduced advertising and consumer spending. These positive impacts were partially offset by decreased volumes and an
unfavorable product mix, as previously discussed, inventory write-offs and higher depreciation and amortization expense resulting
from acquisition-related valuation adjustments. Segment profit was negatively impacted in the prior year by an acquisition
accounting related inventory valuation adjustment of $15.2 million, increased warehousing costs and start-up costs for a new
sales office.
Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016
For the year ended September 30, 2017, the Weetabix segment contributed $112.4 million of net sales and $14.5 million of
segment profit. Weetabix experienced strong volume growth in its branded business compared to the same period (pre-acquisition)
in the prior year, driven by higher volumes of branded RTE cereal and Weetabix On The Go drink products. Private label volumes
were flat as compared to the same period (pre-acquisition) in the prior year. Segment profit was positively impacted in fiscal
2017 by increased volumes, as previously discussed, and negatively impacted by an acquisition accounting related inventory
valuation adjustment of $15.2 million, increased warehousing costs and start-up costs for a new sales office.
Refrigerated Food
Fiscal 2018 compared to 2017
Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016
dollars in millions
Net Sales
Segment Profit
Segment Profit Margin
2018
$ 2,337.9
$ 247.6
2017
$ 1,870.8
$ 110.6
11%
6%
Fiscal 2018 compared to 2017
favorable/(unfavorable)
$
Change
$ 467.1
$ 137.0
%
Change
2017
25% $ 1,870.8
124% $ 110.6
favorable/(unfavorable)
$
Change
$ (46.6)
$ (135.1)
%
Change
(2)%
(55)%
2016
$ 1,917.4
$ 245.7
6%
13%
Net sales for the Refrigerated Food segment increased $467.1 million, or 25%, for the year ended September 30, 2018,
primarily due to the inclusion of net sales from Bob Evans which was acquired in January 2018. Excluding this impact net sales
increased $134.0 million, or 7%. Egg product sales were up $122.8 million, or 9%, with volume up 4%, due to increased volumes
in the foodservice channel combined with higher average net selling prices resulting from higher market-based egg prices and
improved product mix. Sales of side dishes were up $16.0 million, or 8%, with volume up 8%, due to volume gains in both the
foodservice and retail channels. Cheese and other dairy case products sales were down $10.8 million, or 4%, with volume down
5%, primarily due to branded cheese distribution losses. Compared to the prior year (pre-acquisition) period, sales for our Bob
Evans business were up, driven by increased refrigerated side dishes and sausage volumes, as well as the inclusion of incremental
contribution from a prior year acquisition.
Segment profit increased $137.0 million, or 124%, for the year ended September 30, 2018. Segment profit was impacted in
the current year period by the inclusion of operating profit of $14.5 million attributable to Bob Evans. Additionally, segment
profit was impacted by provisions for legal settlement of $8.3 million and $74.5 million in the years ended September 30, 2018
and 2017, respectively (for additional information, refer to “Legal Proceedings” in Item 3 and Note 17 within “Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements”). Excluding these impacts, segment profit increased $56.3 million, or 30%, primarily due to
increased volumes and higher average net selling prices, as previously discussed, partially offset by increased raw material and
manufacturing costs, higher freight costs of $18.1 million (excluding volume-driven increases), increased employee-related
expenses and higher integration costs of $4.8 million. Additionally, segment profit was negatively impacted by repair and clean-
up expenses, lost revenue and corresponding lost margin related to modest service level issues resulting from a fire and municipal
water boil order at two precooked egg facilities. For the year ended September 30, 2018, the total negative impact on segment
profit for these items was $7.0 million. Segment profit for our Bob Evans business was negatively impacted in the year ended
September 30, 2018 by integration costs of $7.9 million, an acquisition accounting-related inventory valuation adjustment of
35
$4.8 million and acquisition-related costs of $2.4 million. Excluding these impacts, Bob Evans contributed $29.6 million to
segment profit for the year ended September 30, 2018.
Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016
Net sales for the Refrigerated Food segment decreased $46.6 million, or 2%, for the year ended September 30, 2017. Egg
product sales, including the impact of the fiscal 2017 acquisition of NPE, were up 1%, with volume up 10%. Volumes increased
due to incremental volume from NPE, as well as the impact of egg supply returning to levels consistent with those prior to the
outbreak of avian influenza (“AI”) in 2015. Egg revenues increased due to incremental sales from NPE, offset by lower selling
prices resulting from the reversal of price increases taken in the prior year to offset higher costs incurred as a result of AI and
lower market-based egg prices. Sales of side dishes were up 7%, with volume up 8%, primarily due to volume gains in the
foodservice channel. Cheese and other dairy case products sales were down 21% on 21% lower volumes, primarily due to branded
cheese distribution losses and losses within the low-margin private label cheese business. Net sales for the Refrigerated Food
segment were also impacted in the year ended September 30, 2017 by the absence of sales from our Michael Foods Canadian
egg business ($9.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2016), which was sold in the second quarter of fiscal 2016.
Segment profit decreased $135.1 million, or 55%, for the year ended September 30, 2017. The decrease in segment profit
was primarily due to a provision for legal settlements of $74.5 million in the year ended September 30, 2017, compared to $28.5
million in the year ended September 30, 2016 (for additional information, refer to “Legal Proceedings” in Item 3 and Note 17
within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements”). In addition, egg results decreased compared to fiscal 2016 due to lower
net selling prices, as previously discussed. Cheese and dairy results decreased $9.5 million as a result of lost volume, as previously
discussed. These decreases were partially offset by favorable side dishes results compared to the prior year.
Active Nutrition
Fiscal 2018 compared to 2017
Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016
favorable/(unfavorable)
favorable/(unfavorable)
dollars in millions
Net Sales
2018
2017
$ 827.5
$ 713.2
$
Change
$ 114.3
%
Change
2017
2016
16% $ 713.2
$ 574.7
$
Change
$ 138.5
Segment Profit
$ 124.4
$
96.4
$
28.0
29% $
96.4
$
44.7
$
51.7
%
Change
24%
116%
Segment Profit Margin
15%
14%
14%
8%
Fiscal 2018 compared to 2017
Net sales for the Active Nutrition segment increased $114.3 million, or 16%, for the year ended September 30, 2018, primarily
attributable to protein shake and other ready-to-drink (“RTD”) product volumes, which were up 26%, driven by increased
consumption and distribution of shakes, as well as new product introductions. Volumes were down 10% for powders, primarily
due to weakness in the domestic specialty and club channels, partially offset by distribution gains in the mass, grocery and e-
commerce channels. Volumes were down 22% for bars, primarily due to lost distribution in North America.
Segment profit increased $28.0 million, or 29%, for the year ended September 30, 2018. Segment profit in the year ended
September 30, 2018 was impacted by a litigation settlement accrual of $9.0 million. Excluding this impact, segment profit
increased $37.0 million, or 38%. This increase was driven by higher volumes, as previously discussed, and lower advertising and
consumer spending of $9.7 million, partially offset by higher raw material costs of $2.3 million, increased freight costs of $8.4
million (excluding volume-driven increases) and increased employee-related expenses to support growth.
Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016
Net sales for the Active Nutrition segment increased $138.5 million, or 24%, for the year ended September 30, 2017, primarily
attributable to protein shake and other RTD volumes, which were up 51%, fueled by increased consumption and distribution of
protein shakes, as well as new product introductions. Volumes were down 6% for bars and down 1% for powders. Average net
selling prices for the Active Nutrition segment were down primarily due to price reductions and higher trade spending in the year
ended September 30, 2017.
Segment profit increased $51.7 million, or 116%, for the year ended September 30, 2017. This increase was driven by higher
volumes, as previously described, and favorable input costs of $24.9 million, partially offset by $6.4 million higher advertising
and consumer spending and increased employee-related expenses resulting from increased headcount to support growth.
36
Private Brands
Fiscal 2018 compared to 2017
Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016
favorable/(unfavorable)
dollars in millions
Net Sales
2018
2017
$ 848.9
$ 791.2
$
Change
57.7
$
%
Change
2017
2016
7% $ 791.2
$ 811.1
Segment Profit
$
60.8
$
58.1
$
2.7
5% $
58.1
$
71.4
Segment Profit Margin
7%
7%
7%
9%
favorable/(unfavorable)
$
Change
$ (19.9)
$ (13.3)
%
Change
(2)%
(19)%
Fiscal 2018 compared to 2017
Net sales for the Private Brands segment increased $57.7 million, or 7%, for the year ended September 30, 2018. Nut butter
sales increased 4%, with volume up 1%, combined with a favorable sales mix due to increases in higher-priced organic peanut
butter and tree nut butter volumes. Dried fruit and nut sales increased 36%, with volume up 21%, primarily due to gains in the
retail sales channel, combined with increased average net selling prices as higher raw material costs were passed through to
customers. Cereal and granola sales decreased 6%, with volumes remaining flat, due to an unfavorable sales mix and reduced
average net selling prices. Average net selling prices declined due to increased low-margin sales to the Post Consumer Brands
segment as the private brands cereal business was fully transitioned to Post Consumer Brands during fiscal 2018, as well as a
change in customer mix. Pasta sales increased 4%, with volume up 1%, primarily due to increased foodservice, co-manufacturing
and governmental bid business volumes, combined with increased average net selling prices as higher raw material costs were
passed through to customers.
Segment profit increased $2.7 million, or 5%, for the year ended September 30, 2018, primarily due to higher volumes, a
favorable sales mix and improved net selling prices, as previously discussed, as well as improved gross margins resulting from
the decision to exit certain low-margin business. These positive impacts were partially offset by higher raw material costs (largely
durum wheat and traditional peanuts), increased freight costs and higher employee costs related to increased headcount to support
the reorganized segment. Segment profit for the year ended September 30, 2017 was negatively impacted by an inventory write-
off related to a small oven fire, which occurred in May 2017.
Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016
Net sales for the Private Brands segment decreased $19.9 million, or 2%, for the year ended September 30, 2017. Pasta sales
decreased 8%, with volume down 4%, primarily due to lower ingredient and government bid business volumes combined with
increased average net selling prices as higher raw material costs were passed through to customers. Dried fruit and nut sales
decreased 5%, with volume down 11%, driven by the decision to exit certain low-revenue business. Cereal and granola sales
decreased 2%, on 1% lower volumes. These decreases were partially offset by increased nut butter sales, which increased 3%,
with volume up 1%. Volume increases were primarily due to increases in tree nut butter and traditional and organic peanut butter,
partially offset by decreases in roasting and granulation.
Segment profit decreased $13.3 million, or 19%, for the year ended September 30, 2017, primarily resulting from unfavorable
manufacturing costs and lost revenue due to delays in adding additional granola capacity, as well as lower net sales, as previously
discussed. These negative impacts were partially offset by lower raw materials costs in the year ended September 30, 2017.
Segment profit was negatively impacted in the year ended September 30, 2016 by losses of $0.6 million on the disposal of fixed
assets.
Other Items
General Corporate Expenses and Other
dollars in millions
General corporate
expenses and other
Fiscal 2018 compared to 2017
Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016
2018
2017
$ Change
%
Change
2017
2016
$ Change
%
Change
favorable/(unfavorable)
favorable/(unfavorable)
$
136.8
$
87.7
$
(49.1)
(56)% $
87.7
$
106.5
$
18.8
18%
Fiscal 2018 compared to 2017
General corporate expenses and other increased $49.1 million, or 56%, during the year ended September 30, 2018, primarily
due to prior year net foreign currency gains of $30.0 million related to cash held in Pounds Sterling to fund the fiscal 2017
purchase of the Weetabix Group. Excluding this impact, general corporate expenses and other increased $19.1 million, or 16%.
The increase was primarily related to integration costs related to the acquisition of Bob Evans of $6.1 million, increased
37
restructuring and plant closure costs of $7.6 million (including accelerated depreciation of $3.9 million), higher stock-based
compensation costs of $3.3 million and higher employee-related expenses to support growth. These negative impacts were partially
offset by lower third party transaction costs of $6.6 million.
Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016
General corporate expenses and other decreased $18.8 million, or 18%, during the year ended September 30, 2017, primarily
due to net foreign currency gains of $30.0 million related to cash held in Pounds Sterling to fund the fiscal 2017 purchase of the
Weetabix Group, lower restructuring and plant closure costs of $6.5 million (including accelerated depreciation of $0.4 million)
and lower outside professional services costs of $2.4 million. In addition, a gain on assets held for sale of $0.2 million was
recorded in the year ended September 30, 2017 to adjust the carrying value of the assets to reflect the final sales price compared
to losses on assets held for sale of $9.3 million in the prior year. These decreases were partially offset by increased third party
acquisition and divestiture related costs of $22.0 million, primarily related to success fees expensed in conjunction with the
Weetabix Group acquisition, higher stock-based compensation of $6.5 million and decreased gains related to mark-to-market
adjustments on commodity hedges of $0.5 million.
Restructuring and Plant Closure
The table below shows the amount of restructuring and plant closure costs, including accelerated depreciation, attributable
to each segment. These amounts are excluded from the measure of segment profit but are included in general corporate expenses
and other. For additional information on restructuring costs, refer to Note 5 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”
dollars in millions
Post Consumer Brands
Weetabix
Active Nutrition
$
$
6.4
2018
2017
Fiscal 2018 compared to 2017
$
Change
(6.4)
(1.4)
0.2
(7.6)
— $
1.4
0.2
7.8
0.2
—
—
$
$
$
Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016
$
Change
2016
2017
$
$
— $
—
0.2
0.2
$
1.7
—
5.0
6.7
$
$
1.7
—
4.8
6.5
(Gain)/Loss Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale
The table below shows the amount of net (gains) losses on assets and liabilities held for sale attributable to each segment.
These amounts are excluded from the measure of segment profit but are included in general corporate expenses and other. In the
year ended September 30, 2018, the book values of the assets and liabilities for 8th Avenue, reported herein as the Private Brands
segment, and the Clinton, Massachusetts manufacturing facility, reported in the Post Consumer Brands segment, were both lower
than fair value, therefore, no fair value adjustment was recorded at the time the assets and liabilities were classified as held for
sale. Any final adjustments to the fair values of 8th Avenue and the Clinton, Massachusetts manufacturing facility will be recognized
upon the closing of the 8th Avenue Transactions and the sale of the facility, respectively. For additional information on our assets
and liabilities held for sale, refer to Note 6 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”
dollars in millions
Post Consumer Brands
Active Nutrition
Fiscal 2018 compared to 2017
$
Change
2017
2018
Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016
$
Change
2016
2017
$
$
— $
— $ — $
—
— $
(0.2)
(0.2) $
(0.2)
(0.2) $
— $
(0.2)
(0.2) $
4.8
4.5
9.3
$
$
4.8
4.7
9.5
Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
dollars in millions
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets
$
Fiscal 2018 compared to 2017
$
Change
$ (98.4)
124.9
26.5
2017
2018
$
Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016
$
Change
— $ (26.5)
26.5
2016
2017
$
$
During the year ended September 30, 2018, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $124.9 million related to the
Weetabix trademark, which is included in our Weetabix segment.
During the year ended September 30, 2017, we recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge totaling $26.5 million. The
goodwill impairment charge related to Dymatize, which is reported in the Active Nutrition segment.
38
In connection with funding acquisitions and managing our capital structure, we completed the following transactions (for
additional information see Notes 4, 16 and 21 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements”):
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Fiscal 2018
•
•
•
•
•
$1,000.0 million principal value of 5.625% senior notes due in January 2028 issued
$218.7 million paid for repurchase of 2.8 million shares of the Company’s common stock
$630.0 million principal payment and $30.8 million premium payment made on the extinguishment of the 6.00% senior
notes due in December 2022
$252.5 million principal payment made at a discount of $7.7 million to repurchase and retire portions of the principal
balances of the 5.625% senior notes due in January 2028, 5.75% senior notes due in March 2027 and 5.00% senior notes
due in August 2026
$15.3 million principal payment and $2.0 million premium payment made to repurchase and retire portions of the 8.00%
senior notes due in July 2025
• Amended our amended and restated credit agreement and certain joinders thereto (as further amended and restated, the
“Credit Agreement”) such that the interest rate margin for the term loan under our Credit Agreement was reduced by 25
basis points, such that a term loan that is a Eurodollar Rate Loan accrues interest at the Eurodollar Rate plus 2.00% per
annum and a term loan that is a Base Rate Loan accrues interest at the Base Rate plus 1.00% per annum (as such terms
are defined in our Credit Agreement)
• Credit Agreement currently has outstanding letters of credit of $18.5 million which reduced the available borrowing
capacity to $781.5 million at September 30, 2018
• Amended our Credit Agreement to, among other things, permit us to designate each of 8th Avenue and its subsidiaries
as an unrestricted subsidiary, permit the disposition of (and release of liens on) assets of and equity interests in the
Company’s unrestricted subsidiaries and release such unrestricted subsidiaries as guarantors
•
$625.0 million principal value bridge loan obtained on September 24, 2018. On October 1, 2018, subsequent to the end
of fiscal 2018, we closed the 8th Avenue Transactions and the bridge loan was assumed by 8th Avenue, releasing us
from any obligations thereunder while we retained the proceeds from the bridge loan. In addition to the bridge loan
proceeds, we received $250.0 million from affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. as part of the 8th Avenue
Transactions. The total $875.0 million of proceeds, net of debt issuance costs paid related to the bridge loan and other
transaction costs, were used to pay down our existing term loan.
Fiscal 2017
•
•
•
•
•
$317.8 million paid for repurchase of 4.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock
$1,500.0 million principal value of 5.75% senior notes due in March 2027 issued, $41.2 million premium received
$1,000.0 million principal value of 5.50% senior notes due in March 2025 issued
$2,200.0 million principal value term loan issued
$2,070.5 million principal payment and $219.8 million premium payment made on extinguishment of the 6.75% senior
notes due in December 2021, 7.375% senior notes due in February 2022 and 7.75% senior notes due in March 2024 and
a portion of the 8.00% senior notes due in July 2025
• Amended and restated our Credit Agreement, which provides for a revolving credit facility in an aggregate available
principal amount of $800.0 million
Fiscal 2016
•
•
$1,750.0 million principal value of 5.00% senior notes due in August 2026 issued
$1,242.0 million principal payment and $88.0 million tender offer premium payment made on extinguishment of a
portion of the 7.375% senior notes due in February 2022
•
$374.4 million term loan principal payoff
39
The following table shows cash flow data for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, which is discussed below.
(dollars in millions)
Cash provided by operating activities
Cash used in investing activities
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
Year ended September 30,
2017
2018
2016
$
$
$
719.3
(1,676.9)
423.4
(2.0)
(536.2) $
386.7
(2,090.8)
2,053.1
33.3
382.3
$
$
502.4
(196.1)
(4.5)
0.4
302.2
Historically, we have generated and expect to continue to generate positive cash flows from operations. We believe our cash
on hand, cash flows from operations and current and possible future credit facilities will be sufficient to satisfy our future working
capital requirements, interest payments, research and development activities, capital expenditures, pension contributions and
other financing requirements for the foreseeable future. Our ability to generate positive cash flows from operations is dependent
on general economic conditions, competitive pressures and other business risk factors. If we are unable to generate sufficient
cash flows from operations, or are otherwise unable to comply with the terms of our credit facilities, we may be required to seek
additional financing alternatives, which may require waivers under our Credit Agreement and our indentures governing our senior
notes, in order to generate additional cash. There can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain additional financing or any
such waivers on terms acceptable to us or at all.
Short-term financing needs primarily consist of working capital requirements, principal and interest payments on our long-
term debt and dividend payments on our cumulative preferred stock. Long-term financing needs will depend largely on potential
growth opportunities, including acquisition activity and repayment or refinancing of our long-term debt obligations. We may,
from time to time, seek to retire or purchase our outstanding debt through cash purchases in open market transactions, privately
negotiated transactions or otherwise. Additionally, we may seek to repurchase shares of our common stock. Such repurchases, if
any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The
amounts involved may be material.
Operating Activities
Fiscal 2018 compared to 2017
Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended September 30, 2018 increased by $332.6 million compared to the
year ended September 30, 2017, driven by incremental cash flows from our current year acquisition of Bob Evans and the prior
year acquisition of the Weetabix Group and strong growth within our existing businesses, primarily in our Refrigerated Food and
Active Nutrition segments. Additionally, cash provided by operating activities increased due to lower payments of advertising
and consumer expenses and employee incentives, as well as lower payments for income taxes of $6.6 million, partially offset by
increased interest payments of $40.3 million and an accelerated pension funding contribution of $29.6 million made to our
qualified defined benefit plans in the United States. Operating cash flows in the year ended September 30, 2017 were negatively
impacted by $103.0 million of legal settlements paid.
Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016
Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended September 30, 2017 decreased by $115.7 million compared to the
year ended September 30, 2016. This decrease was driven by $103.0 million of legal settlements paid in the year ended September
30, 2017, increased payments of advertising and promotional expenses, increased employee incentive payments paid in the year
ended September 30, 2017 on above target fiscal 2016 performance and increased interest payments of $24.0 million, partially
offset by lower payments for income taxes of $43.8 million.
Investing Activities
Fiscal 2018 compared to 2017
Cash used in investing activities for the year ended September 30, 2018 decreased by $413.9 million compared to the year
ended September 30, 2017, driven by a decrease in cash paid for acquisitions of $460.8 million, partially offset by an increase
in capital expenditures of $34.6 million, which was primarily related to the cage-free housing conversion at our Bloomfield,
Nebraska egg facility. The prior year cash flow was also impacted by $10.3 million of proceeds received from the sale of our
cereal plant located in Modesto, California and the sale of our Dymatize manufacturing facility located in Farmers Branch, Texas.
Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016
Cash used in investing activities during the year ended September 30, 2017 increased by $1,894.7 million compared to the
year ended September 30, 2016. The increased cash outflow was driven by an increase in cash paid for acquisitions of $1,820.8
million and an increase in capital expenditures of $68.9 million, partially offset by an increase in proceeds received from the sale
40
of property and assets held for sale of $8.5 million. Cash used in investing activities was also impacted in fiscal 2016 by net
proceeds received from the sale of businesses of $7.3 million and changes in restricted cash related to pledged collateral for our
commodity and energy derivative contracts.
Capital expenditures were $190.4 million and $121.5 million in the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
The increase was primarily related to the cage-free housing conversion at the Michael Foods Bloomfield, Nebraska facility, as
well as capital expenditures related to businesses acquired in fiscal 2017.
Financing Activities
Fiscal 2018
Cash provided by financing activities was $423.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2018. During the year ended
September 30, 2018, we received proceeds of $1,625.0 million from the issuances of our 5.625% senior notes due in January
2028 and the bridge loan. In connection with the senior notes and bridge loan issuances, the amendment of our Credit Agreement
in August and payments on prior year senior notes issuances, we paid $24.9 million in debt issuance costs and deferred financing
fees. We repaid the outstanding principal balance of our 6.00% senior notes due in December 2022, and a portion of the principal
balances of each of our 5.625% senior notes due in January 2028, 5.75% senior notes due in March 2027, 5.00% senior notes
due in August 2026 and 8.00% senior notes due in July 2025 and made quarterly principal payments on our term loan, which
resulted in net payments of $912.1 million. We paid premiums and other expenses of $33.7 million related to the early
extinguishment of the senior notes and costs associated with the amendment of our Credit Agreement. We also repurchased 2.8
million shares of our common stock at a total cost of $218.7 million, including brokers’ commissions, during the year ended
September 30, 2018.
Fiscal 2017
Cash provided by financing activities was $2,053.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2017. During the year ended
September 30, 2017, we received proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt of $4.7 billion related to the issuances of $2.5
billion principal of 5.50% senior notes due in March 2025 and 5.75% senior notes due in March 2027 and $2.2 billion under our
term loan. A premium of $41.2 million was received related to the 5.75% senior notes due in March 2027. A portion of the proceeds
from the issuances was used to repay the outstanding principal balances of our 6.75% senior notes due in December 2021, 7.375%
senior notes due in February 2022 and 7.75% senior notes due in March 2024 and a portion of our 8.00% senior notes due in July
2025 and to make quarterly payments on our term loan, which resulted in total principal payments of $2,088.4 million. Related
to the repayments of long-term debt, we paid tender premiums of $219.8 million for the early extinguishment of the senior notes.
For the issuance of the new senior notes, the amendment and restatement of our prior credit agreement and the borrowings under
our term loan, we paid $59.0 million in debt issuance costs and deferred financing fees. We also repurchased 4.0 million shares
of our common stock at a total cost of $317.8 million, including brokers’ commissions, during the year ended September 30,
2017.
Fiscal 2016
Cash used in financing activities was $4.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2016. During the year ended September
30, 2016, we completed a debt refinancing in which we issued $1,750.0 million principal value of 5.00% senior notes due in
August 2026 and utilized the proceeds to fund a tender offer of our 7.375% senior notes due in February 2022, which resulted
in a principal payment of $1,242.0 million. Additionally, we repaid the $374.4 million outstanding balance of our prior term loan.
Related to the refinancing, we paid a tender premium of $88.0 million for the early extinguishment of the 7.375% senior notes
due in February 2022. We also made a $10.9 million payment related to the December 2015 conversion of 0.9 million shares of
our 3.75% Series B Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock.
Debt Covenants
Under the terms of our Credit Agreement, we are required to comply with a financial covenant consisting of a ratio for
quarterly maximum senior secured leverage (as defined in the Credit Agreement) not to exceed 4.25 to 1.00, measured as of the
last day of any fiscal quarter if, as of the last day of such fiscal quarter, the aggregate outstanding amount of all revolving credit
loans, swing line loans and letter of credit obligations (subject to certain exceptions specified in the Credit Agreement) exceeds
30% of our revolving credit commitments. As of September 30, 2018, we were not required to comply with such financial covenant
as the aggregate amount of the aforementioned obligations did not exceed 30%. We do not believe non-compliance is reasonably
likely in the foreseeable future.
Our Credit Agreement permits us to incur additional unsecured debt if, among other conditions, our pro forma consolidated
interest coverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) would be greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 after giving effect to
such new debt. As of September 30, 2018, our pro forma consolidated interest coverage ratio exceeded this threshold.
41
Contractual Obligations
In the normal course of business, we enter into contracts and commitments which obligate us to make payments in the future.
The table below sets forth our significant future obligations by time period as of September 30, 2018. For consideration of the
table below, “Less Than 1 Year” refers to obligations due between October 1, 2018 and September 30, 2019, “1-3 Years” refers
to obligations due between October 1, 2019 and September 30, 2021, “3-5 Years” refers to obligations due between October 1,
2021 and September 30, 2023 and “More Than 5 Years” refers to any obligations due after September 30, 2023.
(dollars in millions)
Debt (a)
Interest on long-term debt(b)
Operating lease obligations(c)
Purchase obligations(d)
Deferred compensation obligations(e)
Net benefit obligations(f)
Total
____________
Total (g)
$ 7,292.4
2,776.7
209.5
2,651.1
52.2
309.5
$ 13,291.4
Less Than
1 Year
$
22.1
371.9
28.2
1,009.3
24.7
25.4
$ 1,481.6
1-3 Years
44.1
$
741.1
51.0
877.5
7.0
54.2
$ 1,774.9
3-5 Years
44.0
$
737.4
45.5
399.1
5.4
59.0
$ 1,290.4
More Than
5 Years
$ 7,182.2
926.3
84.8
365.2
15.1
170.9
$ 8,744.5
(a)
Debt obligations exclude the outstanding $625.0 million principal balance of our bridge loan outstanding, which was classified as held
for sale at September 30, 2018, as 8th Avenue assumed all repayment obligations thereunder at the closing of the 8th Avenue Transactions
on October 1, 2018. On October 1, 2018, we made a principal payment of $863.0 million on our term loan in connection with the net
proceeds received from the 8th Avenue Transactions.
(b)
The October 1, 2018 principal payment on our term loan, as explained in (a), reduced our total future interest payments by approximately
$206 million.
As of September 30, 2018, we had interest rate swaps with a notional value of $2,723.9 million consisting of:
•
•
•
•
$74.6 million which will result in cash payments which began in July 2016 and will continue through May 2021;
$750.0 million which will result in four net settlements with the first occurring in July 2019 and the last in July 2021;
$899.3 million which will result in a net settlement in December 2019; and
$1,000.0 million that obligates us to pay a fixed rate and receive one-month LIBOR, and requires monthly cash settlements
that began in June 2017 and end in May 2024.
(c)
(d)
(e)
Those payments have been excluded from this table. For additional information on our interest rate swaps, refer to “Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” in Item 7A and Note 14 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”
Operating lease obligations consist of minimum rental payments under noncancelable operating leases, as shown in Note 17 within
“Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”
Purchase obligations are legally binding agreements to purchase goods, services or equipment that specify all significant terms, including:
fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased and/or penalties imposed for failing to meet contracted minimum purchase quantities;
fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Estimates of future open market egg prices
and feed costs were used to derive the amounts reported for our egg contracts.
Deferred compensation obligations were allocated to time periods based on existing payment plans for terminated and severed employees,
the estimated timing of distributions to current employees based on age and expected service term for members of our Board of Directors,
and includes $24.1 million related to the termination of Bob Evans’s deferred compensation plans that we will pay within the next 12
months as a result of the acquisition of Bob Evans (see Note 4 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements”).
(f)
Benefit obligations consist of future payments related to pension and other postretirement benefits as estimated by an actuarial valuation
and shown in Note 18 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”
(g) We have excluded from the table above:
•
•
•
interest and penalties for certain provisions of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 740 “Income Taxes,” of $3.5 million
associated with liabilities for uncertain tax positions due to the uncertainty as to the amount and timing of payments, if any;
payments for workers compensation, general liability and auto liability claim losses for which we had a liability recorded of
$24.0 million at September 30, 2018, of which $10.8 million was classified as current, due to the uncertainty of the amount
and timing of payments; and
amounts owed to former holders of 3.3 million shares of Bob Evans common stock who demanded appraisal of their shares
under Delaware law and had not withdrawn their appraisal demands and had not been paid for their shares of Bob Evans
common stock due to the uncertainty of the amount and timing of payments. Related to these shares, the Company accrued
$267.0 million, all of which was classified as non-current at September 30, 2018, which is the number of shares of Bob Evans
common stock for which former Bob Evans stockholders have demanded appraisal and not withdrawn their demands multiplied
by the $77.00 per share merger consideration plus accrued interest at the Federal Reserve Discount Rate plus a spread of
5.00%.
42
COMMODITY TRENDS AND SEASONALITY
Our Company is exposed to price fluctuations primarily from purchases of raw and packaging materials, fuel and energy.
Primary exposures include wheat, oats, rice, corn, other grain products, vegetable oils, eggs, pork, potatoes, cheese, milk, butter,
dried fruit, nuts, dairy and soy-based proteins, cocoa, corn syrup and sugar, natural gas, diesel fuel, linerboard cartons, corrugated
boxes, plastic containers, flexible and beverage packaging, cartonboard, and aseptic foil and plastic lined cartonboard. These
costs have been volatile in recent years and future changes in such costs may cause our results of operations and our operating
margins to fluctuate significantly. We manage the impact of cost increases, wherever possible, on commercially reasonable terms,
by locking in prices on the quantities required to meet our production requirements. In addition, we offset the effect of increased
costs by raising prices to our customers. However, for competitive reasons, we may not be able to pass along the full effect of
increases in raw materials and other input costs as we incur them. Inflationary pressures also can have an adverse effect on the
Company through higher raw material and fuel costs. We believe that inflation has not had a material adverse impact on our
operations for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, but could have a material impact in the future if inflation
rates were to significantly exceed our ability to achieve price increases.
Demand for certain of our products may be influenced by holidays, changes in seasons or other events. For example, demand
for our egg products, sausage, side dishes and cheese tends to increase during the Thanksgiving, Christmas and other holiday
seasons, which may result in increased net sales during the first quarter of our fiscal year. We also have experienced increased
demand for the snacking and baking nuts manufactured and distributed through our Private Brands segment during the
Thanksgiving, Christmas and holiday seasons. Demand for our Malt-O-Meal hot wheat, Better Oats oatmeal and Ready Brek hot
oats cereals also tends to be seasonably skewed towards the colder winter season. However, on a consolidated basis our revenues
and results of operations are distributed relatively evenly over the quarters of our fiscal year.
CURRENCY
Certain sales and costs of our foreign operations were denominated in Pounds Sterling, Canadian Dollars, Euros, South
African Rand, Kenyan Shilling, Mexican Peso, Chinese Yuan and United Arab Emirates Dirham. Consequently, profits from
these businesses can be impacted by fluctuations in the value of these currencies relative to the U.S. Dollar.
As of September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item
303(a)(4) of Regulation S-K that are likely to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
requires the use of judgment, estimates and assumptions. We make these subjective determinations after considering our historical
performance, management’s experience, current economic trends and events and information from outside sources. Inherent in
this process is the possibility that actual results could differ from these estimates and assumptions for any particular period.
Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” Our critical
accounting estimates are those that have a meaningful impact on the reporting of our financial condition and results of operations.
Revenue Recognition - Revenue is recognized when title of goods is transferred to the customer, as specified by the shipping
terms. Net sales reflect gross sales, including amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling, less sales discounts and
trade allowances (including promotional price buy downs and new item promotional funding). Customer trade allowances are
generally computed as a percentage of gross sales. Products are generally sold with no right of return except in the case of goods
which do not meet product specifications or are damaged and related reserves are maintained based on return history. If additional
rights of return are granted, revenue recognition is deferred. Estimated reductions to revenue for customer incentive offerings
are based upon customer redemption history.
Business Combinations - We use the acquisition method in accounting for acquired businesses. Under the acquisition
method, our financial statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from the completion of the acquisition.
The assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective estimated fair values at the date of the acquisition.
Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.
Significant judgment is often required in estimating the fair value of assets acquired, particularly intangible assets. As a result,
in the case of significant acquisitions we normally obtain the assistance of a third party valuation specialist in estimating fair
values of tangible and intangible assets. The fair value estimates are based on available historical information and on expectations
and assumptions about the future, considering the perspective of marketplace participants. While we believe those expectations
and assumptions are reasonable, they are inherently uncertain. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances
may occur, which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions.
43
Long-Lived Assets - We review long-lived assets, including leasehold improvements, property and equipment and amortized
intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the
assets may not be fully recoverable. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair
value less the cost to sell. Recoverability of assets held for sale is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset
or asset group to their fair value less estimated costs to sell. Estimating future cash flows and calculating the fair value of assets
requires significant estimates and assumptions by management.
Indefinite Lived Assets - Trademarks with indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment during the fourth quarter of each
fiscal year following the annual forecasting process, or more frequently if facts and circumstances indicate the trademark may
be impaired. In assessing other intangible assets not subject to amortization for impairment, we have the option to perform a
qualitative assessment to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more
likely than not that the fair value of such an intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. If we determine that it is not more
likely than not that the fair value of such an intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, then we are not required to perform
any additional tests for assessing intangible assets for impairment. However, if we conclude otherwise or elect not to perform
the qualitative assessment, then we are required to perform a quantitative impairment test that involves a comparison of the
estimated fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying value. If the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair
value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
In fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, we elected not to perform a qualitative assessment and instead performed a quantitative
impairment test. The estimated fair value is determined using an income-based approach (the relief-from-royalty method), which
requires significant assumptions for each brand, including estimates regarding future revenue growth, discount rates and
appropriate royalty rates. We estimated royalty rates based on consideration of several factors for each brand, including profit
levels, research of external royalty rates by third party experts and the relative importance of each brand to the Company. Revenue
growth assumptions are based on historical trends and management’s expectations for future growth by brand. The discount rates
are based on a weighted-average cost of capital utilizing industry market data of similar companies.
At September 30, 2018, we recorded an impairment charge of $124.9 million for the Weetabix trademark to adjust its carrying
value to its estimated fair value of $261.8 million. The impairment charge for the Weetabix trademark is a result of reduced
branded cereal volumes related to our pricing reset and shifting consumer preferences to private label products. Estimated fair
value of all remaining indefinite-lived trademarks exceeded book value by 46% or greater at September 30, 2018, with the
exception of the Honey Bunches of Oats trademark which exceeded book value by 17%, the Great Grains trademark which
exceeded book value by 4% and the recently acquired Bob Evans trademark which exceeded book value by less than 1%. Changes
in the assumptions used to estimate the fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets could result in additional impairment
charges in future periods. Additionally, certain factors have the potential to create variances in the estimated fair values of the
our indefinite-lived intangible assets, which also could result in incremental impairment charges. These factors include (i) failure
to achieve forecasted revenue growth rates, (ii) increases in the discount rate or (iii) a significant change in profitability and the
corresponding royalty rate.
For the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, we conducted impairment reviews and concluded there was no impairment
of other indefinite-lived intangible assets.
Goodwill - Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquired businesses over the fair market value of their identifiable
net assets. We conduct a goodwill impairment qualitative assessment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year following the
annual forecasting process, or more frequently if facts and circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. The goodwill
impairment qualitative assessment requires us to perform an assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair
value of the business is less than its carrying amount. The qualitative assessment considers various factors, including the
macroeconomic environment, industry and market specific conditions, financial performance, cost impacts and issues or events
specific to the business. If adverse qualitative trends are identified that could negatively impact the fair value of the business, we
perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test. In fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, we elected not to perform a qualitative
assessment and instead performed a quantitative impairment test for all reporting units.
Under ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment,” which
we early adopted on a prospective basis in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017, the goodwill impairment test requires an entity to
compare the fair value of each reporting unit with its carrying amount. An impairment charge should be recognized for the amount
by which the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value with the loss not exceeding the total amount of
goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.The estimated fair values of each reporting unit were determined using a combined
income and market approach with a greater weighting on the income approach (75% of the calculation for all reporting units).
The income approach is based on discounted future cash flows and requires significant assumptions, including estimates regarding
future revenue, profitability and capital requirements. The market approach (25% of the calculation for all reporting units) is
based on a market multiple (revenue and EBITDA which stands for earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and
amortization) and requires an estimate of appropriate multiples based on market data. Revenue growth assumptions (along with
profitability and cash flow assumptions) were based on historical trends for the reporting units and management's expectations
for future growth. The discount rates were based on a risk adjusted weighted-average cost of capital utilizing industry market
44
data of businesses similar to the reporting units and based upon management’s judgment. For the market approach, we used
estimated EBITDA and revenue multiples based on industry market data.
Prior to the adoption of ASU 2017-04 in fiscal 2017, the impairment test required a two-step quantitative evaluation. Step
one of the evaluation involved comparing the current fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill,
consistent with as described above. If the fair value of a reporting unit determined in step one of the evaluation was lower than
its carrying value, we proceeded to step two, which compared the carrying value of goodwill to its implied fair value. In estimating
the implied fair value of goodwill for a reporting unit, we assigned the fair value of the reporting unit (as determined in the first
step) to the assets and liabilities associated with the reporting unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business
combination. Any excess of the carrying value of goodwill of the reporting unit over its implied fair value was recorded as
impairment.
We did not record a goodwill impairment charge at September 30, 2018, as all reporting units passed the quantitative
impairment test. At September 30, 2018, the estimated fair values of our reporting units exceeded their carrying values in all
cases by at least 6% (the lowest of which was Weetabix after consideration of the impairment of the Weetabix trademark). As the
fair value of the Weetabix reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by only 6%, variances between the actual performance of
the business and the assumptions that were used in developing the estimate of fair value could result in impairment charges in
future periods. Factors that could create variances in the estimated fair value of the reporting unit include but are not limited to
(i) fluctuations in forecasted sales volumes, which can be driven by external factors affecting demand such as changes in consumer
preferences and consumer responses to marketing and pricing strategy, (ii) changes in product costs, including commodities, (iii)
interest rate fluctuations and (iv) currency fluctuations.
For the year ended September 30, 2017, we recorded a charge of $26.5 million for the impairment of goodwill. The impairment
charge related to our Dymatize reporting unit, which is included in the Active Nutrition segment. In fiscal 2017, consistent with
the prior year, the specialty sports nutrition category, in which Dymatize sold the majority of its products, continued to experience
weak sales, which resulted in management lowering its long-term expectations for the Dymatize reporting unit. After conducting
step one of the impairment analysis, it was determined that the carrying value of the Dymatize reporting unit exceeded its fair
value by $76.6 million. As the application of ASU 2017-04 does not allow for step two of the analysis prescribed prior to the
adoption of ASU 2017-04, we recorded an impairment charge of goodwill down to the fair value. At the time of the analysis, the
Dymatize reporting unit had $26.5 million of remaining goodwill, and we therefore recorded an impairment charge for the entire
goodwill balance of $26.5 million.
We did not record a goodwill impairment charge as of September 30, 2016. With the exception of Dymatize, all reporting
units passed the first step of the impairment test. Dymatize failed step one and accordingly, we proceeded to perform step two
of the analysis. Based on the results of step two, we determined that the fair value of the goodwill allocated to the Dymatize
reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by approximately $36.0 million and was therefore not impaired as of September 30,
2016.
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits - Pension assets and liabilities are determined on an actuarial basis and are
affected by the estimated market-related value of plan assets, estimates of the expected return on plan assets, discount rates, future
salary increases and other assumptions inherent in these valuations. We annually review the assumptions underlying the actuarial
calculations and make changes to these assumptions, based on current market conditions and historical trends, as necessary.
Differences between the actual return on plan assets and the expected return on plan assets and changes to projected future rates
of return on plan assets will affect the amount of pension expense or income ultimately recognized. The other postretirement
benefits liability (partially subsidized retiree health and life insurance) is also determined on an actuarial basis and is affected by
assumptions including the discount rate and expected trends in healthcare costs. Changes in the discount rate and differences
between actual and expected healthcare costs will affect the recorded amount of other postretirement benefits expense. For both
pensions and other postretirement benefit calculations, the assumed discount rate is determined by projecting the plans’ expected
future benefit payments as defined for the projected benefit obligation or accumulated postretirement benefit obligation,
discounting those expected payments using a theoretical zero-coupon spot yield curve derived from a universe of high-quality
(rated AA or better by Moody’s Investor Service) corporate bonds as of the measurement date and solving for the single equivalent
discount rate that results in the same present value. A 1% decrease in the assumed discount rate (from 4.30% to 3.30% for
U.S. pension; from 4.27% to 3.27% for U.S. other postretirement benefits; from 3.53% to 2.53% for Canadian pension; from
3.54% to 2.54% for Canadian other postretirement benefits and from 2.81% to 1.81% for other international pension) would have
increased the recorded benefit obligations at September 30, 2018 by approximately $165.6 million for pensions and approximately
$8.2 million for other postretirement benefits. The expected return on plan assets was determined based on historical and expected
future returns of the various asset classes, using the target allocations of the plans. A 1% decrease in the assumed return on plan
assets (from 5.46% to 4.46% for U.S.; from 6.00% to 5.00% for Canadian and from 3.56% to 2.56% for other international)
would have increased the net periodic benefit cost for the pension plans by approximately $9.7 million. We expect to contribute
$5.5 million to the combined pension plans in fiscal 2019. No contributions to our postretirement medical benefit plans are
expected in fiscal 2019. Contributions beyond fiscal 2019 remain uncertain and will significantly depend on changes in actuarial
assumptions, actual return on plan assets and any legislative or regulatory changes that may affect plan funding requirements.
45
See Note 18 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for more information about pension and other postretirement
benefit assumptions.
Income Tax - We estimate income tax expense based on taxes in each jurisdiction. We estimate current tax exposures together
with temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and financial reporting purposes. These temporary
differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities. We believe that sufficient income will be generated in the future to realize
the benefit of most of our deferred tax assets. Where there is not sufficient evidence that such income is likely to be generated,
we establish a valuation allowance against the related deferred tax assets. We are subject to periodic audits by governmental tax
authorities of our income tax returns. These audits generally include questions regarding our tax filing positions, including the
amount and timing of deductions and the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions. We evaluate our exposures
associated with our tax filing positions, including state and local taxes, and record reserves for estimated exposures.
On December 22, 2017, the Tax Act was enacted. The Tax Act resulted in significant impacts to our accounting for income
taxes with the most significant of these impacts relating to the reduction of the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate, a one-time
transition tax on unrepatriated foreign earnings and full expensing of certain qualified depreciable assets placed in service after
September 27, 2017 and before January 1, 2023. The Tax Act enacts a new U.S. federal corporate income tax rate of 21% that
will fully go into effect for our fiscal 2019 tax year and is prorated with the pre-December 22, 2017 U.S. federal corporate income
tax rate of 35% for our current tax year.
U.S. federal, U.S. state and foreign jurisdictions income tax returns for the tax years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and
2015 are subject to examination by the tax authorities in each respective jurisdiction.
With respect to the Bob Evans acquisition, we assumed all income tax liabilities for those jurisdictions which remain subject
to examination, primarily consisting of tax years ended April 2015 through the short tax year ended January 11, 2018, the date
of acquisition. With respect to the fiscal 2017 acquisition of the Weetabix Group, we assumed substantially all income tax liabilities
for those jurisdictions which remain subject to examination. We did not assume any pre-acquisition tax liabilities related to the
fiscal 2016 acquisition of WEF. With respect to the NPE acquisition made in fiscal 2017 and acquisitions made in 2015, the seller
generally retained responsibility for all income tax liabilities through the date of acquisition. With respect to the Michael Foods
acquisition, we assumed all income tax liabilities for those certain jurisdictions which remain subject to examination, consisting
primarily of the short tax year ended June 2, 2014, the date of acquisition.
See Note 9 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for more information about estimates affecting income
taxes.
RECENTLY ISSUED AND ADOPTED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
See Note 3 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for a discussion regarding recently issued and adopted
accounting standards.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Commodity Price Risk
In the ordinary course of business, the Company is exposed to commodity price risks relating to the acquisition of raw materials,
energy and fuels. The Company may use futures contracts and options to manage certain of these exposures when it is practical
to do so. A hypothetical 10% adverse change in the market price of the Company’s principal hedged commodities, including natural
gas, heating oil, soybean oil, corn and wheat, would have decreased the fair value of the Company’s commodity-related derivatives
portfolio by approximately $10 million as of both September 30, 2018 and 2017. This volatility analysis ignores changes in the
exposures inherent in the underlying hedged transactions. Because the Company does not hold or trade derivatives for speculation
or profit, all changes in derivative values are effectively offset by corresponding changes in the underlying exposures.
For more information regarding the Company’s commodity derivative contracts, refer to Note 14 within “Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.”
Foreign Currency Risk
Related to its foreign subsidiaries, the Company is exposed to risks of fluctuations in future cash flows and earnings due to
changes in exchange rates. To mitigate these risks, the Company uses a combination of foreign exchange contracts, which may
consist of options, forward contracts and currency swaps. As of September 30, 2018, a hypothetical 10% adverse change in the
expected EURO-USD exchange rates and a hypothetical 10% adverse change in the expected GBP-USD exchange rates would
have reduced the fair value of the Company’s foreign currency related derivatives portfolio by approximately $1 million and $79
million, respectively. As of September 30, 2017, a hypothetical 10% adverse change in the expected EURO-USD exchange rates
46
and a hypothetical 10% adverse change in the expected GBP-USD exchange rates would have reduced the fair value of the
Company’s foreign currency related derivatives portfolio by approximately $2 million and $65 million, respectively.
For additional information regarding the Company’s foreign currency derivative contracts, refer to Note 14 within “Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.”
Interest Rate Risk
Long-term debt
As of September 30, 2018, the Company has principal value of indebtedness of $7,917.4 million, including amounts classified
as held for sale, related to its senior notes, term loan, bridge loan and capital lease. Of the total $7,917.4 million outstanding
indebtedness, $5,119.9 million bears interest at a weighted-average fixed interest rate of 5.5%. As of September 30, 2017, the
Company had principal value of indebtedness of $7,212.2 million related to its senior notes, term loan and capital lease. Of the
total $7,212.2 million outstanding indebtedness, $5,017.7 million accrued interest at a weighted-average fixed interest rate of
5.5%.
As of September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, the fair value of the Company’s total debt, including debt classified as
held for sale, was $7,790.9 million and $7,343.4 million, respectively. Changes in interest rates impact fixed and variable rate debt
differently. For fixed rate debt, a change in interest rates will only impact the fair value of the debt, whereas a change in the interest
rates on variable rate debt will impact interest expense and cash flows. A hypothetical 10% decrease in interest rates would have
increased the fair value of the fixed rate debt by approximately $97 million and $72 million as of September 30, 2018 and 2017,
respectively. Including the impact of interest rate swaps, a hypothetical 10% increase in interest rates would have increased both
interest expense and interest paid on variable rate debt by approximately $2 million during the year ended September 30, 2018
and by less than $1 million during the year ended September 30, 2017.
For additional information regarding the Company’s debt, refer to Note 16 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.”
Interest rate swaps
As of September 30, 2018 and 2017, the Company had interest rate swaps with a notional value of $2,723.9 million and
$2,725.4 million, respectively. A hypothetical 10% adverse change in interest rates would have decreased the fair value of the
interest rate swaps by $66 million and $55 million as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
For additional information regarding the Company’s interest rate swap contracts, refer to Note 14 within “Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.”
47
48
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm..............................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016.......................
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and
2016 .................................................................................................................................................................................
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2018 and 2017 ...................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 .....................
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016.......
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .....................................................................................................................
50
52
53
54
55
56
58
49
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Post Holdings, Inc.:
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Post Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of September
30, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2018, including the related notes (collectively referred to as
the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of
September 30, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of the Company as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended September 30, 2018 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of September 30, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the
COSO.
Basis for Opinions
The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal
control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included
in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express
opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based
on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws
and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform
the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement,
whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement
of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks.
Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial
statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management,
as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial
reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness
exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits
also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded certain
elements of the internal control over financial reporting of Bob Evans Farms, Inc. (“Bob Evans”) from its assessment of the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2018 because it was acquired by the Company in a
purchase business combination in the period ended September 30, 2018. Subsequent to the acquisition, certain elements of Bob
Evans internal control over financial reporting and related processes were integrated into the Company’s existing systems and
internal control over financial reporting. Those controls that were not integrated have been excluded from management’s assessment
of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2018. We have also excluded these elements
of the internal control over financial reporting of Bob Evans from our audit of the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting. The excluded elements represent controls over approximately 2% or $292.9 million of consolidated assets and 5% or
$315.7 million of consolidated revenues of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended
September 30, 2018.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that
(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions
of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation
50
of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because
of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
St. Louis, Missouri
November 16, 2018
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2011.
51
POST HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in millions, except per share data)
Net Sales
Cost of goods sold
Gross Profit
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Amortization of intangible assets
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets
Other operating expenses, net
Operating Profit
Interest expense, net
Loss on extinguishment of debt, net
(Income) expense on swaps, net
Earnings (Loss) before Income Taxes and Equity Method Loss
Income tax (benefit) expense
Equity method loss, net of tax
Net Earnings (Loss) Including Noncontrolling Interest
Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interest
Net Earnings (Loss)
Preferred stock dividends
Net Earnings (Loss) Available to Common Shareholders
Earnings (Loss) per share:
Basic
Diluted
Weighted-Average Common Shares Outstanding:
Basic
Diluted
$
$
$
$
$
$
Year Ended September 30,
2017
5,225.8
3,651.7
1,574.1
867.4
159.1
26.5
0.8
520.3
314.8
222.9
(91.8)
74.4
26.1
—
48.3
—
48.3
(13.5)
34.8
2018
6,257.2
4,390.4
1,866.8
975.2
177.4
124.9
1.8
587.5
387.3
31.1
(95.6)
264.7
(204.0)
0.3
468.4
1.1
467.3
(10.0)
457.3
$
$
2016
5,026.8
3,479.4
1,547.4
839.7
152.6
—
9.4
545.7
306.5
86.4
182.9
(30.1)
(26.8)
—
(3.3)
—
(3.3)
(25.1)
(28.4)
6.87
6.16
66.6
75.9
$
$
0.51
0.50
67.8
69.9
$
$
(0.41)
(0.41)
68.8
68.8
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
52
POST HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in millions)
Net Earnings (Loss) Including Noncontrolling Interest
Pension and postretirement benefits adjustments:
Unrealized pension and postretirement benefit obligations
Reclassifications to net earnings (loss)
Unrealized gain on plan amendment (see Note 18)
Hedging adjustments:
Unrealized net gain (loss) on derivatives
Reclassifications to net earnings (loss)
Other reclassifications (see Note 14)
Foreign currency translation adjustments:
Unrealized foreign currency translation adjustments
Reclassifications to net earnings (loss) (see Note 4)
Tax benefit (expense) on other comprehensive income:
Pension and postretirement benefits
Hedging
Total Other Comprehensive Income
Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest
Total Comprehensive Income
$
$
Year Ended September 30,
2017
2016
2018
$
468.4
$
48.3
$
(3.3)
5.0
(3.2)
—
72.2
(3.6)
(0.5)
(51.3)
—
1.0
(19.6)
—
1.7
466.7
47.8
(2.3)
—
(18.8)
0.7
—
(5.7)
—
(8.3)
7.0
20.4
—
68.7
6.2
(0.8)
35.6
—
—
—
5.5
(1.3)
(16.5)
—
28.7
—
25.4
$
$
$
$
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
53
POST HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in millions, except par value)
ASSETS
September 30,
2018
2017
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash
Receivables, net
Inventories
Current assets held for sale
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Total Current Assets
Property, net
Goodwill
Other intangible assets, net
Other assets held for sale
Other assets
Total Assets
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current Liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt
Accounts payable
Current liabilities held for sale
Other current liabilities
Total Current Liabilities
Long-term debt
Deferred income taxes
Other liabilities held for sale
Other liabilities
Total Liabilities
Commitments and Contingencies (See Note 17)
Shareholders’ Equity
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 50.0 shares authorized
3.75% Series B, zero and 1.5 shares issued and outstanding, respectively
2.50% Series C, 3.2 shares issued and outstanding in each year
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 300.0 shares authorized, 66.7 and 66.1 shares
outstanding, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Treasury stock, at cost, 8.6 and 5.8 shares, respectively
Total Shareholders’ Equity Excluding Noncontrolling Interest
Noncontrolling interest
Total Shareholders’ Equity
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
$
$
$
$
989.7
4.8
462.3
484.2
195.0
64.3
2,200.3
1,709.7
4,499.6
3,539.3
856.6
252.0
13,057.5
22.1
365.1
65.6
339.3
792.1
7,232.1
778.4
695.1
499.3
9,997.0
$
$
$
1,525.9
4.2
480.6
573.5
—
31.7
2,615.9
1,690.7
4,032.0
3,353.9
—
184.3
11,876.8
22.1
336.0
—
346.3
704.4
7,149.1
905.8
—
327.8
9,087.1
—
—
0.8
3,590.9
88.0
(39.4)
(589.9)
3,050.4
10.1
3,060.5
13,057.5
0.7
3,566.5
(376.0)
(40.0)
(371.2)
2,780.0
9.7
2,789.7
11,876.8
$
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
54
POST HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in millions)
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net earnings (loss) including noncontrolling interest
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) including noncontrolling interest
to net cash flow provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Loss on extinguishment of debt, net
Loss (gain) on foreign currency
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets
Unrealized (gain) loss on interest rate swaps and cross-currency swaps, net
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense
Deferred income taxes
Other, net
Other changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of business acquisitions
and held for sale assets and liabilities:
Increase in receivables
Decrease (increase) in inventories
Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other current assets
Increase in other assets
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and other current liabilities
(Decrease) increase in non-current liabilities
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Additions to property
Restricted cash
Proceeds from sale of property and assets held for sale
Proceeds from sale of businesses
Other, net
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
Repayments of long-term debt
Purchases of treasury stock
Payments of preferred stock dividends
Premium from issuance of long-term debt
Preferred stock conversion
Payments of debt issuance costs and deferred financing fees
Payments of debt extinguishment costs
Proceeds from exercise of stock awards
Net cash received from stock repurchase contracts
Distribution to noncontrolling interest
Other, net
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents
Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Year
Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year
$
Year Ended September 30,
2017
2016
2018
$
468.4
$
48.3
$
(3.3)
398.4
31.1
0.7
124.9
(96.7)
30.9
(256.5)
8.8
(6.0)
3.6
7.9
(24.0)
29.4
(1.6)
719.3
(1,454.4)
(225.0)
(1.3)
0.2
—
3.6
(1,676.9)
1,625.0
(912.1)
(218.7)
(10.8)
—
—
(24.9)
(33.7)
5.7
—
(1.4)
(5.7)
423.4
(2.0)
(536.2)
1,525.9
989.7
323.1
222.9
(30.8)
26.5
(93.6)
23.6
17.4
6.7
(45.9)
(2.5)
3.7
(8.7)
(109.0)
5.0
386.7
(1,915.2)
(190.4)
4.2
10.6
—
—
(2,090.8)
4,700.0
(2,088.4)
(317.8)
(13.5)
41.2
—
(59.0)
(219.8)
13.4
—
—
(3.0)
2,053.1
33.3
382.3
1,143.6
$ 1,525.9
302.8
86.4
(0.2)
—
182.4
17.2
(74.6)
12.9
(4.0)
(37.2)
(3.5)
(2.8)
18.8
7.5
502.4
(94.4)
(121.5)
10.4
2.1
7.3
—
(196.1)
1,750.0
(1,632.2)
—
(14.4)
—
(10.9)
(24.3)
(88.0)
6.6
1.1
—
7.6
(4.5)
0.4
302.2
841.4
$ 1,143.6
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
55
POST HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in millions)
Preferred Stock
Common Stock
Post Holdings, Inc. Shareholders’
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)
Balance, September 30, 2015
Net loss
Preferred stock dividends declared
Preferred stock conversion
Activity under stock and deferred compensation
plans
Stock-based compensation expense
Net cash received from stock repurchase
contracts
Tangible equity units conversion
Net change in retirement benefits, net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Balance, September 30, 2016
Net earnings
Preferred stock dividends declared
Activity under stock and deferred compensation
plans
Stock-based compensation expense
Purchases of treasury stock
Noncontrolling interest in acquisition
Tangible equity units conversion
Net change in retirement benefits, net of tax
Net change in hedges, net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Balance, September 30, 2017
Net earnings
Adoption of accounting standards update
2018-02
Preferred stock dividends declared
Preferred stock conversion
Activity under stock and deferred compensation
plans
Stock-based compensation expense
Purchases of treasury stock
Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling
interest
Distribution to noncontrolling interest
Net change in retirement benefits, net of tax
Net change in hedges, net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Balance, September 30, 2018
$
5.6
—
—
(0.9)
0.1
—
—
(0.1)
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.7
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.7
—
—
—
(1.5)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.2
$
$
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
62.1
—
—
2.0
0.6
—
—
0.2
—
—
64.9
—
—
0.5
—
(4.0)
—
4.7
—
—
—
66.1
—
—
—
3.1
0.3
—
(2.8)
—
—
—
—
—
66.7
$
$
$
$
0.6
—
—
0.1
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.7
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.7
—
—
—
0.1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.8
$
$
$
$
$
3,538.8
—
(14.4)
(10.9)
14.2
17.2
1.1
—
—
—
3,546.0
—
(13.5)
10.4
23.6
—
—
—
—
—
—
3,566.5
—
—
(6.8)
—
0.3
30.9
—
—
—
—
—
—
3,590.9
$
$
$
(421.0)
(3.3)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(424.3)
48.3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(376.0)
467.3
1.4
(4.0)
—
—
—
—
—
(0.7)
—
—
—
88.0
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
56
POST HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in millions)
Post Holdings, Inc. Shareholders’
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Retirement
Benefit
Adjustments,
net of tax
Hedging
Adjustments,
net of tax
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
Treasury
Stock
Non-
Controlling
Interest
Total
Shareholders’
Equity
Balance, September 30, 2015
Net loss
Preferred stock dividends declared
Preferred stock conversion
$
(26.6) $
—
—
—
Activity under stock and deferred compensation
plans
Stock-based compensation expense
Net cash received from stock repurchase
contracts
Tangible equity units conversion
Net change in retirement benefits, net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Balance, September 30, 2016
Net earnings
Preferred stock dividends declared
Activity under stock and deferred compensation
plans
Stock-based compensation expense
Purchases of treasury stock
Noncontrolling interest in acquisition
Tangible equity units conversion
Net change in retirement benefits, net of tax
Net change in hedges, net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Balance, September 30, 2017
Net earnings
Adoption of accounting standards update
2018-02
Preferred stock dividends declared
Preferred stock conversion
Activity under stock and deferred compensation
plans
Stock-based compensation expense
Purchases of treasury stock
Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling
interest
Distribution to noncontrolling interest
Net change in retirement benefits, net of tax
Net change in hedges, net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Balance, September 30, 2018
—
—
—
—
24.5
—
$
(2.1) $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
37.2
—
—
35.1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.8
—
—
37.9
$
$
$
$
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(11.1)
—
(11.1) $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
48.5
—
37.4
(62.5) $
—
—
—
(53.4) $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.2
(58.3) $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(5.7)
(64.0) $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(53.4) $
—
—
—
—
(317.8)
—
—
—
—
—
(371.2) $
—
—
—
—
—
—
(218.7)
—
—
—
—
(50.7)
(114.7) $
—
—
—
—
—
(589.9) $
$
1.1
(0.7)
—
—
—
10.1
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
—
—
—
—
—
9.7
—
—
—
—
9.7
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
$
2,976.0
(3.3)
(14.4)
(10.9)
14.2
17.2
1.1
—
24.5
4.2
3,008.6
48.3
(13.5)
10.4
23.6
(317.8)
9.7
—
37.2
(11.1)
(5.7)
2,789.7
467.3
1.4
(10.8)
0.1
0.3
30.9
(218.7)
1.1
(1.4)
2.8
48.5
(50.7)
3,060.5
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
57
POST HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions, except per share data or where indicated otherwise)
NOTE 1 — BACKGROUND
Post Holdings, Inc. (“Post” or the “Company”) is a consumer packaged goods holding company operating in the center-of-
the-store, refrigerated, foodservice, food ingredient, active nutrition and private brand food categories. The Company’s products
are sold through a variety of channels such as grocery, club and drug stores, mass merchandisers, foodservice, food ingredient and
e-commerce. As of September 30, 2018, Post operates in five reportable segments: Post Consumer Brands, Weetabix, Refrigerated
Food, Active Nutrition and Private Brands. The Post Consumer Brands segment includes the North American ready-to-eat (“RTE”)
cereal business; the Weetabix segment includes the RTE cereal and branded muesli business sold and distributed primarily outside
of North America; the Refrigerated Food segment includes refrigerated foodservice, primarily egg and potato, and refrigerated
retail, inclusive of side dishes, egg, cheese and sausage; the Active Nutrition segment includes protein shakes, bars and powders
and nutritional supplements; and the Private Brands segment includes peanut and other nut butters, dried fruit and nut products,
granola and pasta.
Pursuant to the Transaction Agreement (the “Transaction Agreement”), dated as of August 2, 2018, among Post, 8th Avenue
Food & Provisions, Inc. (“8th Avenue”), and THL Equity Fund VIII Investors (PB), LLC, an affiliate of Thomas H. Lee Partners,
L.P., Post and affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (collectively, “THL”) separately capitalized 8th Avenue (the “8th Avenue
Transactions”). Upon the closing of the 8th Avenue Transactions, 8th Avenue became the holding company for Post’s private
brands business, reported herein as Post’s Private Brands segment, and Post received total proceeds of $875.0, retaining shares of
common stock equal to 60.5% of the common equity in 8th Avenue. Upon completion of the 8th Avenue Transactions, 8th Avenue
is no longer consolidated in the Company's financial statements and the 60.5% retained interest in 8th Avenue is accounted for
using the equity method. At September 30, 2018, the assets and liabilities of the Private Brands segment were classified as held
for sale. For additional information, see Notes 4, 6 and 16.
Unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise indicates, all references in these financial statements and notes to “Post,”
“the Company,” “us,” “our” or “we” mean Post Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated and non-consolidated subsidiaries. Certain
prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with the 2018 presentation. These reclassifications had no impact on Net
Earnings (Loss) or Shareholders’ Equity, as previously reported.
NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Principles of Consolidation — The consolidated financial statements include the operations of Post and its wholly-owned
and majority-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated.
Use of Estimates and Allocations — The consolidated financial statements of the Company are prepared in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), which require certain elections as to accounting
policy, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent liabilities
at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amount of net revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant
accounting policy elections, estimates and assumptions include, among others, pension and benefit plan assumptions, valuation
assumptions of goodwill and other intangible assets, marketing programs, self-insurance reserves and income taxes. Actual results
could differ from those estimates.
Business Combinations — The Company uses the acquisition method in accounting for acquired businesses. Under the
acquisition method, the Company’s financial statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from the completion
of the acquisition. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective estimated fair values at the date of
the acquisition. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded
as goodwill.
Cash Equivalents — Cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with original maturities of less than three months.
Restricted Cash — Restricted cash includes items such as cash deposits which serve as collateral for certain commodity
hedging contracts as well as the Company's high deductible workers’ compensation insurance program.
Receivables — Receivables are reported at net realizable value. This value includes appropriate allowances for doubtful
accounts, cash discounts and other amounts which the Company does not ultimately expect to collect. The Company determines
its allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical losses as well as the economic status of and its relationship with its customers,
especially those identified as “at risk.” A receivable is considered past due if payments have not been received within the agreed
upon invoice terms. Receivables are written off against the allowance when the customer files for bankruptcy protection or are
otherwise deemed to be uncollectible based upon the Company’s evaluation of the customer’s solvency. The Weetabix segment
sells certain receivables to third party institutions without recourse. Receivables sold during the year ended September 30, 2018
58
were $137.3 and receivables sold in fiscal 2017 subsequent to July 3, 2017, the date of the Weetabix Group acquisition (as defined
in Note 4), were $37.3.
Inventories — Inventories, other than flocks, are generally valued at the lower of average cost (determined on a first-in, first-
out basis) or net realizable value (“NRV”). Reported amounts have been reduced by an allowance for obsolete product and packaging
materials based on a review of inventories on hand compared to estimated future usage and sales. Flock inventory represents the
cost of purchasing and raising chicken flocks to egg laying maturity. The costs included in our flock inventory include the costs
of the chicks, the feed fed to the birds and the labor and overhead costs incurred to operate the pullet facilities until the birds are
transferred into the laying facilities, at which time their cost is amortized to operations, as cost of goods sold, over their expected
useful lives of one to two years.
Restructuring Expenses — Restructuring charges principally consist of severance, accelerated stock compensation and other
employee separation costs and accelerated depreciation. The Company recognizes restructuring obligations and liabilities for exit
and disposal activities at fair value in the period the liability is incurred. Employee severance costs are expensed when they become
probable and reasonably estimable under established severance plans. Depreciation expense related to assets that will be disposed
of or idled as a part of the restructuring activity is accelerated through the expected date of the asset shut down. See Note 5 for
information about restructuring expenses.
Held for Sale Assets and Liabilities — Assets and liabilities are classified as held for sale if the Company has committed to
a plan for selling the assets and liabilities, is actively and reasonably marketing them and sale is reasonably expected within one
year. The carrying value of assets held for sale is included in “Current assets held for sale” and “Other assets held for sale” on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets. The carrying value of liabilities held for sale is included in “Current liabilities held for sale” and
“Other liabilities held for sale” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 6 for information about assets and liabilities held
for sale.
Property — Property is recorded at cost, and depreciation expense is generally provided on a straight-line basis over the
estimated useful lives of the properties. Estimated useful lives range from 1 to 29 years for machinery and equipment; 1 to 40 years
for buildings, building improvements and leasehold improvements; and 1 to 7 years for software. Total depreciation expense was
$221.0, $164.0 and $150.2 in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Any gains and losses incurred on the sale or disposal of
assets are included in “Other operating expenses, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Repair and maintenance costs
incurred in connection with on-going and planned major maintenance activities are accounted for under the direct expensing
method. Property consisted of:
Land and land improvements
Buildings and leasehold improvements
Machinery and equipment
Software
Construction in progress
Accumulated depreciation
September 30,
2018
2017
$
88.2
720.7
1,507.4
112.0
114.7
2,543.0
(833.3)
$ 1,709.7
$
90.9
699.4
1,439.3
64.5
100.0
2,394.1
(703.4)
$ 1,690.7
Other Intangible Assets — Other intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships and trademarks/brands acquired
in business combinations and include both indefinite and definite-lived assets. Amortization expense related to definite-lived
intangible assets, which is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, was $177.4, $159.1 and
$152.6 in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. For the definite-lived intangible assets recorded as of September 30, 2018,
amortization expense of $159.2, $159.2, $159.2, $156.4 and $159.0 is expected for fiscal 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 and 2023,
respectively. Other intangible assets consisted of:
59
Subject to amortization:
Customer relationships
Trademarks and brands
Other
Not subject to amortization:
Trademarks and brands
Carrying
Amount
September 30, 2018
Accum.
Amort.
Net
Amount
Carrying
Amount
September 30, 2017
Accum.
Amort.
Net
Amount
$
$ 2,307.0
768.5
3.1
3,078.6
(444.4) $ 1,862.6
(188.2)
580.3
(3.1)
—
(635.7)
2,442.9
$
$ 2,249.3
834.1
21.7
3,105.1
(416.7) $ 1,832.6
(162.9)
671.2
(9.8)
11.9
(589.4)
2,515.7
1,096.4
$ 4,175.0
$
—
1,096.4
(635.7) $ 3,539.3
838.2
$ 3,943.3
$
—
838.2
(589.4) $ 3,353.9
Recoverability of Assets — The Company continually evaluates whether events or circumstances have occurred which might
impair the recoverability of the carrying value of its assets, including property, identifiable intangibles and goodwill. Trademarks
with indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year following the annual forecasting
process, or more frequently if facts and circumstances indicate the trademark may be impaired. The trademark impairment tests
require us to estimate the fair value of the trademark and compare it to its carrying value. The estimated fair value is determined
using an income-based approach (the relief-from-royalty method), which requires significant assumptions for each brand, including
estimates regarding future revenue growth, discount rates and appropriate royalty rates. Assumptions are determined after
consideration of several factors for each brand, including profit levels, research of external royalty rates by third party experts and
the relative importance of each brand to the Company. Revenue growth assumptions are based on historical trends and management’s
expectations for future growth by brand. The discount rate is based on a weighted-average cost of capital utilizing industry market
data of similar companies.
In addition, definite-lived assets and indefinite-lived intangible assets are reassessed as needed when information becomes
available that is believed to negatively impact the fair market value of an asset. In general, an asset is deemed impaired and written
down to its fair value if estimated related future cash flows are less than its carrying amount. See Note 7 for information about
goodwill impairments.
At September 30, 2018, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $124.9 for the Weetabix trademark to adjust its
carrying value to its estimated fair value of $261.8. The impairment charge for the Weetabix trademark is a result of reduced
branded cereal volumes related to Weetabix’s pricing reset and shifting consumer preferences to private label products.
For the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company conducted impairment reviews and concluded there was no
impairment of other intangible assets as of September 30, 2017 or 2016.
These fair value measurements fall within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as described in Note 15. The trademark
impairment losses are reported in “Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets” on the Consolidated Statements of
Operations.
Deferred Compensation Investments — The Company funds a portion of its deferred compensation liability by investing in
certain mutual funds, or funds that employ a similar investment strategy, and are purchased in substantially the same amounts, as
selected by the participating employees. Because management’s intent is to invest in a manner that matches the deferral options
chosen by the participants and those participants can elect to transfer amounts in or out of each of the designated deferral options
at any time, these investments have been classified as trading assets and are stated at fair value in “Prepaid expenses and other
current assets” and “Other assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets (see Note 15). Both realized and unrealized gains and losses
on these assets are included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and
offset the related change in the deferred compensation liability.
Derivative Financial Instruments — In the ordinary course of business, the Company is exposed to commodity price risks
relating to the acquisition of raw materials and supplies, interest rate risks relating to floating rate debt and foreign currency
exchange rate risks. The Company utilizes derivative financial instruments, including (but not limited to) futures contracts, option
contracts, forward contracts and swaps, to manage certain of these exposures by hedging when it is practical to do so. The Company
does not hold or issue financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes.
The Company’s derivative programs include strategies that qualify and strategies that do not qualify for hedge accounting
treatment. To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedging relationship, both at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, is
expected to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged risk during the period that the hedge
is designated. All derivatives are recognized on the balance sheet at fair value. For derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting,
the derivative is designated as a hedge on the date in which the derivative contract is entered. A derivative could be designated as
a hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability
60
(cash flow hedge) or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. Some derivatives may also be considered natural hedging
instruments, where changes in fair value act as economic offsets to changes in fair value of the underlying hedged item and are
not designated for hedge accounting. The Company does not have any derivatives currently designated as fair value hedges.
The effective portion of gains and losses on cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income (“OCI”), until
earnings are affected by the variability of cash flows. If the hedge is no longer effective, all changes in the fair value of the derivative
are included in earnings for each period until the instrument matures. If a derivative is used as a hedge of a net investment in a
foreign operation, its changes in fair value, to the extent effective as a hedge, are recorded in OCI. Any ineffective portion of
designated hedges are recognized in earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are not designated for hedge accounting
are recognized in earnings. Cash flows from derivatives that are accounted for as hedges and cash flows on derivatives utilized
as economic hedges, are classified in the same category on the Statements of Cash Flows as the item being hedged or on a basis
consistent with the nature of the instrument.
Revenue — Revenue is recognized when title of goods and risk of loss is transferred to the customer, as specified by the
shipping terms. Net sales reflect gross sales, including amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling, less sales discounts
and trade allowances (including promotional price buy downs and new item promotional funding). Customer trade allowances
are generally computed as a percentage of gross sales. Products are generally sold with no right of return, except in the case of
goods which do not meet product specifications or are damaged, and related reserves are maintained based on return history. If
additional rights of return are granted, revenue recognition is deferred. Estimated reductions to revenue for customer incentive
offerings are based upon customer redemption history.
Cost of Goods Sold — Cost of goods sold includes, among other things, inbound and outbound freight costs (including the
Company-owned fleet) and depreciation expense related to assets used in production, while storage and other warehousing costs
are included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Storage and other
warehousing costs totaled $169.4, $142.9 and $124.1 in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
Advertising — Advertising costs are expensed as incurred except for costs of producing media advertising such as television
commercials or magazine advertisements, which are deferred until the first time the advertising takes place. The amounts reported
as assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” were $1.9 and $1.3 as of September 30,
2018 and 2017, respectively.
Stock-based Compensation — The Company recognizes the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of
equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of equity awards and the fair market value at each quarterly reporting date
for liability awards. That cost is recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange
for the award — the requisite service period (usually the vesting period). See Note 19 for disclosures related to stock-based
compensation.
Income Tax (Benefit) Expense — Income tax (benefit) expense is estimated based on income taxes in each jurisdiction and
includes the effects of both current tax exposures and the temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax
and financial reporting purposes. These temporary differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance
is established against the related deferred tax assets to the extent that it is more likely than not that the future benefits will not be
realized. Reserves are recorded for estimated exposures associated with the Company’s tax filing positions, which are subject to
periodic audits by governmental taxing authorities. Interest incurred due to an underpayment of income taxes is classified as
income taxes. While the Company considers the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries to be permanently reinvested,
the Company recorded a one-time transition tax on such earnings during the year ended September 30, 2018 in accordance with
the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”). See Note 9 for disclosures related to income taxes.
NOTE 3 — RECENTLY ISSUED AND ADOPTED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
The Company has considered all new accounting pronouncements and has concluded there are no new pronouncements (other
than the ones described below) that had or will have an impact on the results of operations, OCI, financial condition, cash flows
or shareholders’ equity based on current information.
Recently Issued
In August 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2018-15,
“Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs
Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement that is a Service Contract.” This standards update largely aligns the guidance on
recognizing implementation costs incurred in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract with that for implementation
costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software, including hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software
license. This ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods therein (i.e., Post’s
financial statements for the year ending September 30, 2021), with early adoption permitted. The Company will early adopt this
61
ASU on October 1, 2018 on a prospective basis, as permitted by the standard. This change is not expected to have a material
impact on the Company’s financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-14, “Compensation - Retirement Benefits - Defined Benefit Plans - General
(Subtopic 715-20): Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans.” This standards
update removes, clarifies and adds certain disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other
postretirement plans. This ASU is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2020 and interim periods therein (i.e.,
Post’s financial statements for the year ending September 30, 2021), with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently
evaluating the impact and timing of adopting this standard.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework - Changes to
the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement.” This standards update removes, modifies and adds certain disclosure
requirements related to fair value measurements. This ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and
interim periods therein (i.e., Post’s financial statements for the year ending September 30, 2021), with early adoption permitted.
The Company is currently evaluating the impact and timing of adopting this standard.
In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, “Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to
Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting.” This standards update largely aligns the accounting for share-based payment
awards issued to employees and nonemployees, whereby the existing employee guidance will apply to nonemployee share-based
transactions (as long as the transaction is not effectively a form of financing), with the exception of specific guidance related to
the attribution of compensation cost. The cost of nonemployee awards will continue to be recorded as if the grantor had paid cash
for the goods or services, and the contractual term will be able to be used in lieu of an expected term in the option-pricing model
for nonemployee awards. This ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods therein
(i.e., Post’s financial statements for the year ending September 30, 2020). The Company will early adopt this ASU on October 1,
2018 on a prospective basis, as permitted by the standard. The Company had not issued any nonemployee share-based payment
awards as of September 30, 2018, however, share-based payment awards granted to employees of 8th Avenue will be accounted
for as nonemployee compensation beginning on October 1, 2018.
In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-07, “Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation
of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost.” This standards update requires an entity to report the
service cost component of periodic net benefit cost as an operating expense in the same line item or items as other compensation
costs arising from services rendered by employees during the period. Other components of net benefit cost are to be presented
outside of income from operations in the income statement separately from the service cost component. The amendments in this
ASU also allow only the service cost component to be eligible for capitalization when applicable. The Company will adopt this
standard on October 1, 2018 and will use the retrospective method of adoption, as required by the standard. The adoption of this
ASU will result in a change in operating profit and a corresponding change to other (income) expense, net to reflect the exclusion
of all components of net benefit cost, with the exception of service cost, from operating profit. The reclassification would have
resulted in a decrease in operating profit of $14.0 and $3.6 for the years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and
an increase in operating profit of $3.1 for the year ended September 30, 2016. This ASU also permits an entity to capitalize the
service cost component as part of an asset, such as inventory, on a prospective basis. This change is not expected to have a material
impact on the Company’s financial statements.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842).” This standards update requires a company to recognize
right-of-use assets and lease liabilities with terms greater than one year on its balance sheet and disclose key information about
leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 offers specific accounting guidance for lessees, lessors and sale and leaseback transactions.
Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user
of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. This ASU is effective
for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods therein (i.e., Post’s financial statements for the year
ending September 30, 2020), with early adoption permitted. The Company will adopt this standard on October 1, 2019 and expects
to use the modified retrospective method of adoption applied prospectively as of the adoption date. This ASU will result in a
material increase in both assets and liabilities, however, the Company is unable to quantify the impact at this time. In addition,
the Company expects expanded disclosures to present additional information related to its leasing arrangements.
In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash.” This standards
update requires that a statement of cash flows explain the change in the total of cash, cash equivalents and amounts generally
described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents, and therefore, restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be
included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning of year cash balance to the end of year cash balance as
shown on the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim
periods therein (i.e., Post’s financial statements for the year ending September 30, 2019), with early adoption permitted. The
Company will adopt this standard on October 1, 2018 and will use the retrospective method of adoption. The Company currently
classifies changes in restricted cash as an investing activity in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, not as a component of
cash and cash equivalents as required by this ASU. The change in restricted cash included in “Net Cash Used in Investing Activities”
62
on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows was $(1.3), $4.2 and $10.4 for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016,
respectively.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606),” which will supersede
all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. This ASU’s core principle is that a company will recognize revenue when
it transfers promised goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects
to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard also calls for additional disclosures around the nature, amount,
timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. This ASU is effective for annual and
interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017 (i.e., Post’s financial statements for the year ending September 30, 2019).
The Company has completed its assessment of the impact this standard will have on its accounting policies, processes, system
requirements, internal controls and disclosures. The Company will adopt this standard on October 1, 2018 and will use the modified
retrospective transition method of adoption. The adoption will not have a material impact on its financial statements as the impact
of this ASU will be limited to recognition timing and classification changes of immaterial amounts within the statement of operations
and balance sheet.
Recently Adopted
In March 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-05, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Amendments to the Securities and Exchange
Commission (“SEC”) Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118,” which codifies the SEC’s interpretive
guidance released on December 22, 2017, when the Tax Act was signed into law. See Note 9 for additional information regarding
the adoption of this standard.
In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, “Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220):
Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” This standards update amends
Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 220 “Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income,” to allow a
reclassification from accumulated OCI to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Act. In accordance with
this standard, the Company early adopted this ASU during the second quarter of fiscal 2018, which resulted in an adjustment to
“Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)” and “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” of $1.4 on the Consolidated Balance
Sheet.
In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, “Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory.” This
standards update requires most inventory to be measured at the lower of cost or NRV, thereby simplifying the previous guidance
under which an entity must measure inventory at the lower of cost or market. Market is defined as replacement cost, NRV or NRV
less a normal profit margin. This ASU does not apply to inventory that is measured using either the last-in, first-out method or the
retail inventory method. The Company adopted this ASU during the first quarter of fiscal 2018. The adoption of this ASU did not
have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements or related disclosures.
NOTE 4 — BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND DIVESTITURES
The Company accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting, whereby the results of
operations are included in the financial statements from the date of acquisition. The purchase price is allocated to acquired assets
and assumed liabilities based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition, and any excess is allocated to goodwill.
Goodwill represents the value the Company expects to achieve through the implementation of operational synergies and the
expansion of the business into new or growing segments of the industry.
Fiscal 2018
Acquisitions
On January 12, 2018, the Company completed its acquisition of Bob Evans Farms, Inc. (“Bob Evans”), resulting in the
Company owning all of the outstanding shares of Bob Evans common stock. The Company paid each holder of shares of Bob
Evans common stock, other than holders who demanded appraisal of their shares under Delaware law and had not withdrawn their
demands as of the closing date, $77.00 per share, resulting in a payment at closing of $1,381.2 (which, in addition to the amounts
paid to Bob Evans stockholders, includes amounts paid to retire certain debt and other obligations of Bob Evans). Any shares of
Bob Evans common stock subject to appraisal as of the closing date were canceled and no longer outstanding after closing. The
closing payment did not include any amounts due to former holders of approximately 4.35 shares of Bob Evans common stock
who demanded appraisal under Delaware law and had not withdrawn their demands as of the closing date. The Company estimates
additional payments of $342.4 will be made subsequent to the closing date, which includes payments to former holders of shares
of Bob Evans common stock who had exercised appraisal rights, payments in connection with Bob Evans deferred compensation
plans and payments to compensate Bob Evans employees due to the cancellation of their outstanding employee stock awards. At
September 30, 2018, the former holders of 3.3 shares of Bob Evans common stock had not withdrawn their appraisal demands
and had not been paid for their shares of Bob Evans common stock. Related to these shares, the Company accrued $267.0 at
September 30, 2018, which is the number of shares of Bob Evans common stock for which former Bob Evans stockholders had
63
demanded appraisal and not withdrawn their demands multiplied by the $77.00 per share merger consideration plus accrued interest
at the Federal Reserve Discount Rate plus a spread of 5.00%. The liability is reported in “Other liabilities” on the Consolidated
Balance Sheet. Bob Evans is a producer of refrigerated potato and pasta side dishes, pork sausage and a variety of refrigerated
and frozen convenience food items and is reported in the Company’s Refrigerated Food segment (see Note 22). Based upon the
preliminary purchase price allocation, the Company recorded $376.0 of customer relationships to be amortized over a weighted-
average period of 18 years, $6.0 of definite-lived trademarks to be amortized over a weighted-average period of 10 years and
$400.0 of indefinite-lived trademarks. Net sales and operating profit for Bob Evans included in the Consolidated Statements of
Operations were $333.1 and $14.5, respectively, for the year ended September 30, 2018.
Certain preliminary values of the Bob Evans acquisition, including property, goodwill, other intangible assets and deferred
taxes, are not yet finalized pending the final purchase price allocation and are subject to change once additional information is
obtained. The goodwill generated by the Company’s acquisition of Bob Evans will not be deductible for U.S. income tax purposes;
however, $13.8 of goodwill generated by business combinations completed by Bob Evans in periods prior to its acquisition
transferred to Post and is expected to be tax deductible.
The following table provides the preliminary allocation of the purchase price related to the fiscal 2018 acquisition of Bob
Evans based upon the fair value of assets and liabilities assumed, including the provisional amounts recognized related to the
acquisition, as of September 30, 2018. Measurement period adjustments have been made to the allocation of purchase price since
the date of the Bob Evans acquisition.
Cash and cash equivalents
Receivables
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Property
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Other assets
Accounts payable
Other current liabilities
Deferred tax liability - long-term
Other liabilities
Total acquisition cost
Transactions Subsequent to Period End
$
15.6
58.5
27.1
34.3
184.3
898.3
782.0
0.4
(18.2)
(58.5)
(194.9)
(5.3)
$ 1,723.6
On October 1, 2018, the Company completed the previously announced 8th Avenue Transactions pursuant to the Transaction
Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2018, among Post, 8th Avenue and THL Equity Fund VIII Investors (PB), LLC in which Post
and THL separately capitalized 8th Avenue. Upon the closing of the 8th Avenue Transactions, 8th Avenue became the holding
company for Post’s private brands business, reported herein as Post’s Private Brands segment, and Post received total gross proceeds
of $875.0, retaining shares of common stock equal to 60.5% of the common equity in 8th Avenue. Post’s gross proceeds consisted
of (i) $250.0 from THL and (ii) $625.0 from a committed senior increasing rate bridge loan (the “Bridge Loan”), which was funded
prior to the closing of the 8th Avenue Transactions. 8th Avenue refinanced the Bridge Loan promptly after the time of the closing
of the 8th Avenue Transactions on October 1, 2018, with proceeds from permanent debt financings, which include two term loans
and a revolving credit facility. Pursuant to the 8th Avenue Transactions, THL received 2.5 shares of 8th Avenue preferred stock
with an 11% cumulative, quarterly compounding dividend and $100.00 per share liquidation value and 39.5% of the common
equity in 8th Avenue.
Effective October 1, 2018, 8th Avenue is no longer consolidated in the Company's financial statements and the 60.5% common
equity retained interest in 8th Avenue is accounted for using the equity method. In determining the accounting treatment of the
retained interest, management concluded that 8th Avenue is not a variable interest entity as defined by ASC Topic 810
“Consolidation,” and as such was evaluated under the voting interest model. Based on the terms of 8th Avenue's governing
documents, management determined that the Company does not have a controlling voting interest in 8th Avenue but does retain
significant influence and therefore the use of the equity method of accounting is required. At September 30, 2018, all of the Private
Brands segment assets and liabilities, excluding cash, are classified as held for sale (see Note 6).
64
Fiscal 2017
Acquisitions
On July 3, 2017, the Company completed its acquisition of Latimer Newco 2 Limited (“Latimer”), and all of Latimer’s direct
and indirect subsidiaries at the time of acquisition, including Weetabix Limited (collectively the “Weetabix Group”) for a purchase
price of approximately £1,400.0 with a payment at closing of £1,454.1, excluding £48.0 of cash acquired (approximately $1,887.2,
excluding $62.2 of cash acquired). The Weetabix Group is a packaged food company that primarily produces branded and private
label RTE cereal and muesli products. The Weetabix Group is reported in two reportable segments. The results of the Weetabix
operations outside of North America (“Weetabix”) are reported in the Weetabix segment, and the Weetabix North American
operations (“Weetabix NA”) are reported in the Post Consumer Brands segment (see Note 22). Based on the purchase price
allocation of Weetabix, the Company recorded $172.8 of customer relationships to be amortized over a weighted-average period
of approximately 20 years, $29.5 to definite-lived trademarks and brands to be amortized over a weighted-average period of 16
years and $385.1 of indefinite-lived trademarks. Based on the purchase price allocation of Weetabix NA, the Company recorded
$13.6 of customer relationships to be amortized over a weighted-average period of 21 years.
The following table provides the allocation of the purchase price related to the fiscal 2017 acquisition of the Weetabix Group
based upon the fair value of assets and liabilities assumed, including the provisional amounts recognized related to the acquisition
as of September 30, 2017, as well as measurement period adjustments made during the year ended September 30, 2018. The final
fair value of goodwill related to the acquisition of the Weetabix Group will not be deductible for U.S. income tax purposes.
Cash and cash equivalents
Receivables (c)
Inventories (b), (c)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Property (b)
Goodwill (d)
Other intangible assets (b)
Other assets
Accounts payable
Other current liabilities (c)
Deferred tax liability - long-term (c)
Other liabilities
Noncontrolling interest
Total acquisition cost
Acquisition Date
Amounts Recognized
as of September 30,
2017 (a)
Adjustments During
the Year Ended
September 30, 2018
Acquisition Date
Amounts Recognized
(as Adjusted)
$
$
62.2
39.7
63.4
1.2
283.9
969.3
608.4
112.0
(66.3)
(28.4)
(137.6)
(10.9)
(9.7)
1,887.2
$
— $
(1.9)
(0.2)
—
(3.0)
11.5
(7.4)
—
—
(0.1)
1.1
—
—
$
— $
62.2
37.8
63.2
1.2
280.9
980.8
601.0
112.0
(66.3)
(28.5)
(136.5)
(10.9)
(9.7)
1,887.2
(a) As previously reported in Post’s 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on November 17, 2017.
(b) Adjustments reflect updated ASC 805 valuation of tangible and intangible assets.
(c) Adjustments reflect other Weetabix Group purchase accounting adjustments.
(d) Adjustment reflects the change in goodwill as a result of the adjustments described in (b) and (c).
On October 3, 2016, the Company completed its acquisition of National Pasteurized Eggs, Inc. (“NPE”) for $93.5, subject
to working capital and other adjustments, resulting in a payment at closing of $97.0. In February 2017, a final settlement of net
working capital and other adjustments was reached, resulting in an amount back to the Company of $1.2. NPE is a producer of
pasteurized shell eggs, including cage-free eggs, and is reported in the Refrigerated Food segment (see Note 22). Based upon the
purchase price allocation, the Company recorded $43.9 of customer relationships to be amortized over a weighted-average period
of 16 years and $7.5 of trademarks and brands to be amortized over a weighted-average period of 20 years.
The following table provides the allocation of the purchase price related to the fiscal 2017 acquisition of NPE based upon the
fair value of assets and liabilities assumed. The final fair value of goodwill related to the acquisition of NPE will not be deductible
for U.S. income tax purposes.
65
Cash and cash equivalents
Receivables
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Property
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Current portion of long-term debt
Accounts payable
Other current liabilities
Long-term debt
Deferred tax liability - long-term
Total acquisition cost
Fiscal 2016
Acquisitions
NPE
5.6
8.5
2.1
0.4
10.4
46.3
51.4
(0.1)
(6.3)
(2.9)
(0.2)
(18.7)
96.5
$
$
On October 3, 2015, the Company completed its acquisition of Willamette Egg Farms (“WEF”) for $90.0, subject to working
capital and other adjustments, resulting in a payment at closing of $109.0. In December 2015, a final settlement of net working
capital and other adjustments was reached, resulting in an additional amount paid by the Company of $4.6. WEF is a producer,
processor and wholesale distributor of eggs and egg products and is reported in the Refrigerated Food segment (see Note 22).
Based upon the purchase price allocation, the Company recorded $12.7 of customer relationships to be amortized over a weighted-
average period of 20 years and $2.5 to trademarks and brands to be amortized over a weighted-average period of 20 years.
The following table provides the allocation of the purchase price related to the fiscal 2016 acquisition of WEF based upon
the fair value of assets and liabilities assumed. The final fair value of goodwill related to the acquisition of WEF will be deductible
for U.S. income tax purposes.
Cash and cash equivalents
Receivables
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Property
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Other assets
Accounts payable
Other current liabilities
Total acquisition cost
Transaction-related expenses
WEF
19.2
11.1
10.3
0.5
56.2
4.2
15.2
0.1
(2.2)
(1.0)
113.6
$
$
The Company incurs transaction-related expenses in conjunction with both completed and contemplated acquisitions,
divestitures and mergers. These expenses generally include third party costs for due diligence, advisory services and transaction
success fees. During the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company incurred transaction-related expenses of
$35.8, $30.5 and $8.5, respectively, recorded in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of
Operations. For the years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, transaction-related expenses included costs attributable to the 8th
Avenue Transactions of $12.4 and $0.6, respectively. There were no transaction-related expenses related to the 8th Avenue
Transactions incurred in the year ended September 30, 2016. In addition, during the year ended September 30, 2017, the Company
66
recorded net foreign currency gains of $30.0 related to cash held in Pounds Sterling to fund the acquisition of the Weetabix Group,
which were recorded in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Unaudited Pro Forma Information
The following unaudited pro forma information presents a summary of the combined results of operations of the Company
and the aggregate results of all businesses acquired in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 for the periods presented as if the fiscal 2018
acquisition had occurred on October 1, 2016, the fiscal 2017 acquisitions had occurred on October 1, 2015 and the fiscal 2016
acquisition had occurred on October 1, 2014, along with certain pro forma adjustments. Additionally, the divestiture of 8th Avenue
is presented in the unaudited pro forma information as if it occurred on October 1, 2017. These pro forma adjustments give effect
to the amortization of certain definite-lived intangible assets, adjusted depreciation based upon fair value of assets acquired, interest
expense related to the financing of the business combinations, inventory revaluation adjustments on acquired businesses, transaction
and extinguished debt costs and related income taxes. The following unaudited pro forma information has been prepared for
comparative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations as they would have been had the acquisitions
occurred on the assumed dates, nor is it necessarily an indication of future operating results.
Pro forma net sales
Pro forma net earnings available to common shareholders
Pro forma basic earnings per share
Pro forma diluted earnings per share
NOTE 5 — RESTRUCTURING
2018
$ 5,587.1
432.1
$
6.49
$
5.83
$
2017
$ 5,258.3
23.6
$
0.35
$
0.34
$
2016
$ 5,751.2
2.0
$
0.03
$
0.03
$
In February 2018, the Company announced its plan to close its cereal manufacturing facility in Clinton, Massachusetts, which
manufactures certain Weetabix Group products distributed in North America. The transfer of production capabilities to other Post
Consumer Brands facilities and the closure of the facility is expected to be completed by September 2019.
In September 2015, the Company announced its plan to close its Dymatize manufacturing facility located in Farmers Branch,
Texas and permanently transfered production to third party facilities under co-manufacturing agreements. Plant production ceased
in the fourth quarter of 2015 and the facility was sold in December 2016. No additional restructuring costs were incurred in fiscal
2018 or 2017.
In May 2015, the Company announced its plan to consolidate its cereal business administrative offices into its Lakeville,
Minnesota location. In connection with the consolidation, the Company closed its office located in Parsippany, New Jersey and
relocated those functions as well as certain functions located in Battle Creek, Michigan to the Lakeville office. The Parsippany
office closure was completed during fiscal 2016. No additional restructuring costs were incurred in fiscal 2018 or 2017.
Amounts related to the restructuring events are shown in the following table. All costs are recognized in “Selling, general and
administrative expenses” in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations with the exception of accelerated depreciation
expense incurred in the year ended September 30, 2018, which is included in “Cost of goods sold.” These expenses are not included
in the measure of segment performance for any segment (see Note 22).
67
Balance, September 30, 2015
Charge to expense
Cash payments
Non-cash charges
Balance, September 30, 2016
Cash payments
Balance, September 30, 2017
Charge to expense
Non-cash charges
Balance, September 30, 2018
Total expected restructuring charge
Cumulative incurred to date
Remaining expected restructuring charge
Employee-
Related Costs
Accelerated
Depreciation
Total
10.5
$
— $
2.1
(10.6)
(0.9)
1.1
(1.1)
$
— $
2.7
—
2.7
17.7
15.3
2.4
$
$
$
0.4
—
(0.4)
— $
—
— $
2.5
(2.5)
— $
9.0
5.0
4.0
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
10.5
2.5
(10.6)
(1.3)
1.1
(1.1)
—
5.2
(2.5)
2.7
26.7
20.3
6.4
NOTE 6 — ASSETS AND LIABILITIES HELD FOR SALE
The major classes of assets and liabilities comprising “Current assets held for sale,” “Other assets held for sale,” “Current
liabilities held for sale ” and “Other liabilities held for sale” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2018 are
shown in the following table. There were no assets or liabilities held for sale at September 30, 2017.
Current assets held for sale
Restricted cash
Receivables, net
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Property, net (a)
Other assets held for sale
Property, net (a)
Goodwill
Other intangible assets, net
Other assets
Current liabilities held for sale
Accounts payable
Other current liabilities
Other liabilities held for sale
Long-term debt
Deferred income taxes
Other liabilities
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
0.7
79.8
111.6
1.5
1.4
195.0
165.1
417.1
270.4
4.0
856.6
37.4
28.2
65.6
614.6
79.9
0.6
$
695.1
(a) In accordance with ASC Topic 360 “Property, Plant, and Equipment,” the building classified as held for sale related to the closure of the
Company’s Post Consumer Brands cereal warehouse in Clinton, Massachusetts and the 8th Avenue property held for sale are classified as
current and noncurrent, respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
68
In connection with the 8th Avenue Transactions (see Note 4), the Company had assets and liabilities held for sale at September
30, 2018. The Company recorded earnings before income taxes related to 8th Avenue, reported herein as the Private Brands
segment, of $60.8, $58.1 and $71.4 in the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Additionally, the Company
had a building classified as assets held for sale at September 30, 2018, related to the planned closure of the Company’s Post
Consumer Brands cereal warehouse in Clinton, Massachusetts (see Note 5).
Held for sale net (gains) losses of $(0.2) and $9.3 were recorded in the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
There were no held for sale (gains) or losses recorded in the year ended September 30, 2018. The net gains and losses are reported
as “Other operating expenses, net” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In the year ended September 30, 2018, the book
values of the assets and liabilities for 8th Avenue and the Clinton, Massachusetts manufacturing facility were both lower than fair
value, therefore, no fair value adjustment was recorded at the time the assets and liabilities were classified as held for sale. Any
final adjustments to the fair values of 8th Avenue and the Clinton, Massachusetts manufacturing facility will be recognized upon
the closing of the 8th Avenue Transactions and the sale of the facility, respectively. In the year ended September 30, 2017, the gain
related to the September 2015 closure of the Company’s Dymatize manufacturing facility located in Farmers Branch, Texas. In
the year ended September 30, 2016, of the total $9.3 held for sale loss, $4.5 related to the September 2015 closure of the Company’s
Dymatize manufacturing facility located in Farmers Branch, Texas and $4.8 related to the April 2013 closure of the Company’s
cereal plant located in Modesto, California. These expenses are not included in the measure of segment performance for any
segment (see Note 22).
NOTE 7 — GOODWILL
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by segment are noted in the following table.
Balance, September 30, 2016
Goodwill (gross)
Accumulated impairment losses
Goodwill (net)
Goodwill acquired
Impairment loss
Currency translation adjustment
Balance, September 30, 2017
Goodwill (gross)
Accumulated impairment losses
Goodwill (net)
Goodwill acquired
Acquisition related adjustment
Held for sale assets
Currency translation adjustment
Balance, September 30, 2018
Goodwill (gross)
Accumulated impairment losses
Goodwill (net)
Post
Consumer
Brands
Weetabix
Refrigerated
Food
Active
Nutrition
Private
Brands
Total
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1,994.0
(609.1)
1,384.9
5.3
—
0.3
1,999.6
(609.1)
1,390.5
—
12.6
—
(0.2)
2,012.0
(609.1)
1,402.9
$
$
— $
—
— $
964.0
—
(37.1)
926.9
—
926.9
—
(1.1)
—
(24.9)
900.9
—
900.9
$
$
$
$
1,185.3
—
1,185.3
46.3
—
—
1,231.6
—
1,231.6
898.3
—
—
—
2,129.9
—
2,129.9
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
180.7
(88.3)
92.4
—
(26.5)
—
180.7
(114.8)
65.9
—
—
—
—
$
$
$
$
417.1
—
417.1
—
—
—
417.1
—
417.1
—
—
(417.1)
—
3,777.1
(697.4)
3,079.7
1,015.6
(26.5)
(36.8)
4,755.9
(723.9)
4,032.0
898.3
11.5
(417.1)
(25.1)
180.7
(114.8)
65.9
$
$
— $
—
— $
5,223.5
(723.9)
4,499.6
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquired businesses over the fair market value of their identifiable net assets.
The Company conducts a goodwill impairment qualitative assessment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year following the
annual forecasting process, or more frequently if facts and circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. The goodwill
impairment qualitative assessment requires an analysis to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of the business
is less than its carrying amount. If adverse qualitative trends are identified that could negatively impact the fair value of the business,
a quantitative goodwill impairment test is performed. In fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company elected not to perform a
qualitative assessment and instead performed a quantitative impairment test for all reporting units.
The estimated fair value is determined using a combined income and market approach with a greater weighting on the income
approach. The income approach is based on discounted future cash flows and requires significant assumptions, including estimates
regarding future revenue, profitability and capital requirements. The market approach is based on a market multiple (revenue and
EBITDA which stands for earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization) and requires an estimate of
appropriate multiples based on market data.
69
The Company did not record a goodwill impairment charge at September 30, 2018, as all reporting units passed the quantitative
impairment test.
For the year ended September 30, 2017, the Company recorded a charge of $26.5 for the impairment of goodwill. The
impairment charge related to the Dymatize reporting unit which is included in the Active Nutrition segment. In fiscal 2017,
consistent with the prior year, the specialty sports nutrition category, in which Dymatize sold the majority of its products, continued
to experience weak sales, which resulted in management lowering its long-term expectations for the Dymatize reporting unit.
After conducting step one of the impairment analysis, it was determined that the carrying value of the Dymatize reporting unit
exceeded its fair value by $76.6, and the Company recorded an impairment charge for goodwill down to the fair value. At the time
of the analysis, the Dymatize reporting unit had $26.5 of remaining goodwill, and therefore an impairment charge for the entire
goodwill balance of $26.5 was recorded.
For the year ended September 30, 2016, the Company concluded there was no impairment of goodwill. With the exception
of Dymatize, all reporting units passed step one of the impairment test. Dymatize failed step one and accordingly, step two of the
analysis was performed as was required prior to the adoption of ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350):
Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment” in fiscal 2017. Based on the results of step two, it was determined that the fair
value of the goodwill allocated to the Dymatize reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by approximately $36.0 and was therefore
not impaired as of September 30, 2016.
These fair value measurements fell within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as described in Note 15. The goodwill impairment
losses are aggregated with trademark impairment losses in “Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets” in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations.
NOTE 8 — EQUITY INTERESTS
In connection with its acquisition of the Weetabix Group in July 2017 (see Note 4), the Company acquired an equity interest
in two legal entities, Alpen Food Company South Africa (Pty) Limited (“Alpen”) and Weetabix East Africa Limited (“Weetabix
East Africa”). Results of both entities are reported in the Weetabix segment (see Note 22).
Alpen is a South African based company that produces RTE cereal and muesli. The Company owns 50% of Alpen’s common
stock with no other indicators of control and, accordingly, the Company accounts for its investment in Alpen using the equity
method. The investment in Alpen was $5.2 and $4.5 at September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and is included in “Other
assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company had a note receivable balance with Alpen of $1.0 and $1.0 at September
30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, which is included in “Other assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Weetabix East Africa is a Kenyan based company that produces RTE cereal and muesli. The Company owns 50.1% of Weetabix
East Africa and holds a controlling voting and financial interest through its appointment of management and representation on
Weetabix East Africa’s board of directors. Accordingly, Weetabix East Africa is fully consolidated into the Company’s consolidated
financial statements. Weetabix East Africa had a long-term payable with Pioneer Food Group Limited, the owner of the remaining
49.9% of the business, of $0.5 at September 30, 2017, which is included in “Other liabilities” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
No such payable existed at September 30, 2018.
NOTE 9 — INCOME TAXES
The (benefit) expense for income taxes consisted of the following:
Year Ended September 30,
2017
2016
2018
Current:
Federal
State
Foreign
Deferred:
Federal
State
Foreign
Income tax (benefit) expense
$
$
$
27.3
5.2
20.0
52.5
(253.5)
21.4
(24.4)
(256.5)
(204.0) $
(5.8) $
4.3
10.2
8.7
19.7
2.7
(5.0)
17.4
26.1
$
37.6
1.7
8.5
47.8
(64.8)
(7.5)
(2.3)
(74.6)
(26.8)
70
The effective tax rate for fiscal 2018 was (77.1)% compared to 35.1% for fiscal 2017 and 89.0% for fiscal 2016. A reconciliation
of income tax (benefit) expense with amounts computed at the statutory federal rate follows:
Year Ended September 30,
2017
2016
2018
Computed tax (a)
Enacted tax law and changes, including the Tax Act (a)
Non-deductible goodwill impairment loss
Non-deductible compensation
Non-deductible transaction costs
Domestic production activities deduction
State income taxes, net of effect on federal tax
Non-taxable interest income
Valuation allowances
Change in deferred tax rates
Uncertain tax positions
Sale and liquidation of Michael Foods Canadian egg business
Income tax credits
Rate differential on foreign income
Excess tax benefits for share-based payments
Other, net (none in excess of 5% of statutory tax)
Income tax (benefit) expense
$
$
$
64.9
(270.9)
—
1.2
1.5
(5.9)
5.6
(2.4)
4.1
0.3
0.3
—
(2.3)
(5.3)
(1.8)
6.7
(204.0) $
26.1
—
7.2
1.8
2.9
—
0.8
(3.4)
4.8
—
(0.5)
—
(1.4)
(6.8)
(6.2)
0.8
26.1
$
$
(10.5)
0.7
—
2.6
—
(4.3)
(6.2)
(2.6)
3.8
(2.0)
(2.0)
(3.6)
(1.5)
(1.8)
—
0.6
(26.8)
(a) Fiscal 2018 federal corporate income tax was computed using a blended U.S. federal corporate income tax rate of 24.5%. The fiscal 2018
tax rate was impacted by the Tax Act, as discussed below. Fiscal 2017 and 2016 federal corporate income tax was computed at the federal
statutory rate of 35%.
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities
for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Deferred tax non-current assets (liabilities) were
as follows:
Assets
September 30, 2018
Liabilities
$
Net
Assets
September 30, 2017
Liabilities
$
Accrued vacation, incentive and severance
Inventory
Accrued liabilities
Property
Intangible assets
Pension and other postretirement benefits
Stock-based and deferred compensation
Derivative mark-to-market adjustments
Net operating loss carryforwards
Other items
Total gross deferred income taxes
Valuation allowance
Total deferred taxes
$
$
10.0
4.0
24.3
—
—
—
27.5
18.1
27.2
4.7
115.8
(25.7)
90.1
— $
—
—
(161.7)
(688.3)
(15.3)
—
—
—
(3.2)
(868.5)
—
(868.5) $
10.0
4.0
24.3
(161.7)
(688.3)
(15.3)
27.5
18.1
27.2
1.5
(752.7)
(25.7)
(778.4)
$
$
16.2
3.0
16.6
—
—
5.3
28.7
91.9
38.7
6.5
206.9
(18.5)
188.4
— $
—
—
(210.1)
(882.5)
—
—
—
—
(1.6)
(1,094.2)
—
Net
16.2
3.0
16.6
(210.1)
(882.5)
5.3
28.7
91.9
38.7
4.9
(887.3)
(18.5)
(905.8)
$
$ (1,094.2) $
As of September 30, 2018, the Company had U.S. federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards totaling approximately
$57.1, which have expiration dates beginning in fiscal 2021 and extending through fiscal 2038, as well as state NOL carryforwards
totaling approximately $475.0, which have expiration dates beginning in fiscal 2019 and extending through fiscal 2037. As of
September 30, 2018, Post had NOL carryforwards in foreign jurisdictions of $8.3.
As certain of these NOLs and carryforwards were acquired through acquisitions made during fiscal 2013, 2014, 2017 and
2018 as a result of ownership changes, the deductibility of the NOLs is subject to limitation under section 382 of the Internal
Revenue Code (“IRC”) and similar limitations under state tax law. Giving consideration to IRC section 382 and state limitations,
the Company believes it will generate sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the U.S. federal and certain state NOLs before they
71
expire. Approximately $16.6 of the deferred tax asset related to the state NOLs has been offset by a valuation allowance based on
management’s judgment that it is more likely than not that the benefits of those deferred tax assets will not be realized in the future.
At September 30, 2018, the Company had undistributed earnings of consolidated foreign subsidiaries of $6.2, and the Company
intends to indefinitely reinvest undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries. In accordance with the Tax Act, the Company
recorded a one-time transition tax on such earnings during the year ended September 30, 2018, as discussed below.
For the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, foreign (loss) income before income taxes was $(24.3), $24.7 and
$29.6, respectively.
Tax Act
In fiscal 2018, the effective tax rate was impacted by the Tax Act, which was enacted on December 22, 2017. The SEC issued
interpretive guidance regarding the Tax Act, which was codified by ASU 2018-05 in March 2018. The Tax Act resulted in significant
impacts to the Company’s accounting for income taxes with the most significant of these impacts relating to the reduction of the
U.S. federal corporate income tax rate, a one-time transition tax on unrepatriated foreign earnings and full expensing of certain
qualified depreciable assets placed in service after September 27, 2017 and before January 1, 2023. The Tax Act enacts a new U.S.
federal corporate income tax rate of 21% that will fully go into effect for the Company’s fiscal 2019 tax year and is prorated with
the pre-December 22, 2017 U.S. federal corporate income tax rate of 35% for the Company’s current tax year. This proration
resulted in a blended U.S. federal income tax rate of 24.5% for fiscal 2018. At the time these financial statements were issued, the
Company had not completed the accounting for the tax effects related to the enactment of the Tax Act. However, provisional
estimates were made in the following instances: (i) the Company remeasured its existing deferred tax assets and liabilities
considering both the current fiscal year blended rate and the 21% rate for future periods and recorded a provisional tax benefit of
$281.2 and (ii) the Company calculated the one-time transition tax and recorded provisional tax expense of $10.3. Full expensing
of certain depreciable assets will result in a temporary difference and will be analyzed as assets are placed in service.
The changes included in the Tax Act are broad and complex, and as such, the final transition impacts of the Tax Act may differ
from the above estimates, possibly materially, due to, among other things, changes in interpretations of the Tax Act, any legislative
action to address questions that arise because of the Tax Act, any changes in current accounting standards for income taxes or
related interpretations in response to the Tax Act or any updates or changes to estimates the Company has utilized to calculate the
transition impacts, including impacts resulting from changes to current year earnings estimates and foreign exchange rates. ASU
2018-05 allows for a measurement period of up to one year after the enactment date of the Tax Act to finalize the recording of the
related tax impacts. The Company currently anticipates finalizing and recording any resulting adjustments by December 31, 2018.
Unrecognized Tax Benefits
The Company recognizes the tax benefit from uncertain tax positions only if it is more likely than not that the tax position
will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities. The tax benefits recognized from such positions are measured based
on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. To the extent the Company’s
assessment of such tax positions changes, the change in estimate will be recorded in the period in which the determination is made.
Unrecognized tax benefits activity for the years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 is presented in the following table:
Unrecognized tax benefits, September 30, 2016
Additions for tax positions taken in current year and acquisitions
Reductions for tax positions taken in prior years
Settlements with tax authorities/statute expirations
Unrecognized tax benefits, September 30, 2017
Additions for tax positions taken in current year and acquisitions
Reductions for tax positions taken in prior years
Held for sale liabilities
Settlements with tax authorities/statute expirations
Unrecognized tax benefits, September 30, 2018
$
$
$
9.3
—
—
(0.7)
8.6
2.0
(0.1)
(0.6)
—
9.9
The amount of the net unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would directly affect the effective tax rate is $8.3 at
September 30, 2018. The Company believes that, due to expiring statutes of limitations and settlements with authorities, it is
reasonably possible that the total unrecognized tax benefits may decrease up to approximately $7.0 within twelve months of the
reporting date.
The Company computes tax-related interest and penalties as the difference between the tax position recognized for financial
reporting purposes and the amount previously taken on the Company’s tax returns and classifies these amounts as components of
72
income tax expense. The Company recorded $0.8, $0.3 and $(0.1) related to interest and penalties in the years ended September
30, 2018, 2017 and 2016. The Company had accrued interest and penalties of $3.5 and $2.7 at September 30, 2018 and 2017,
respectively. The accrued interest and penalties are not included in the table above.
U.S. federal, U.S. state and foreign jurisdictions income tax returns for the tax years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and
2015 are subject to examination by the tax authorities in each respective jurisdiction.
With respect to the Bob Evans acquisition, the Company assumed all income tax liabilities for those jurisdictions which remain
subject to examination, primarily consisting of tax years ended April 2015 through the short tax year ended January 11, 2018, the
date of acquisition. With respect to the fiscal 2017 acquisition of the Weetabix Group, the Company assumed substantially all
income tax liabilities for those jurisdictions which remain subject to examination. The Company did not assume any pre-acquisition
tax liabilities related to the fiscal 2016 acquisition of WEF. With respect to the NPE acquisition made in fiscal 2017 and acquisitions
made in fiscal 2015, the seller generally retained responsibility for all income tax liabilities through the date of acquisition. With
respect to the Michael Foods acquisition, the Company assumed all income tax liabilities for those certain jurisdictions which
remain subject to examination, consisting primarily of the short tax year ended June 2, 2014, the date of acquisition.
NOTE 10 — EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
Basic earnings (loss) per share is based on the average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted
earnings (loss) per share is based on the average number of shares used for the basic earnings (loss) per share calculation, adjusted
for the dilutive effect of stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock units using the “treasury stock” method. The
impact of potentially dilutive convertible preferred stock is calculated using the “if-converted” method. For the periods outstanding,
the Company’s tangible equity units (“TEUs”) (see Note 20) were assumed to be settled at the minimum settlement amount of
1.7114 shares per TEU for weighted-average shares for basic earnings per share. For diluted earnings (loss) per share, the TEUs,
to the extent dilutive, were assumed to be settled at a conversion factor based on the daily volume-weighted-average price per
share of the Company’s common stock not to exceed 2.0964 shares per TEU. All TEU purchase contracts were settled as of June
1, 2017. In the second quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company completed the redemption of its 3.75% Series B Cumulative Perpetual
Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred”). Substantially all of the 1.5 shares of Series B Preferred outstanding as of
January 10, 2018, the date the redemption was announced, were converted into 3.1 shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant
to the conversion rights applicable to the Series B Preferred and the remaining shares of Series B Preferred were redeemed (see
Note 21).
Year ended September 30,
2017
2016
2018
Net earnings (loss) for basic loss per share
Dilutive preferred stock dividends
Net earnings (loss) for diluted loss per share
Weighted-average shares outstanding
Effect of TEUs on weighted-average shares for basic earnings (loss) per share
Weighted-average shares for basic earnings (loss) per share
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options
Stock appreciation rights
Restricted stock awards
Preferred shares conversion to common
Total dilutive securities
$
$
457.3
10.0
467.3
$
$
66.6
—
66.6
1.8
0.1
0.4
7.0
9.3
34.8
—
34.8
65.2
2.6
67.8
1.8
—
0.3
—
2.1
$
$
(28.4)
—
(28.4)
63.9
4.9
68.8
—
—
—
—
—
Weighted-average shares for diluted earnings (loss) per share
75.9
69.9
68.8
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
$
$
6.87
6.16
$
$
0.51
0.50
$
$
(0.41)
(0.41)
The following table details the securities that have been excluded from the calculation of weighted-average shares for diluted
earnings (loss) per share as they were anti-dilutive.
73
Year ended September 30,
2017
2016
2018
Stock options
Stock appreciation rights
Restricted stock awards
Preferred shares conversion to common
0.6
—
0.1
—
0.3
—
—
9.1
4.3
0.2
0.5
9.1
NOTE 11 — SUPPLEMENTAL OPERATIONS STATEMENT AND CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Year Ended September 30,
2017
2016
2018
Advertising and promotion expenses
Repair and maintenance expenses
Research and development expenses
Rent expense
Interest income
Interest paid
Income taxes paid
Accrued additions to property
$
$
153.4
149.1
25.1
41.3
(7.4)
373.9
23.0
30.4
$
159.7
162.6
18.6
41.8
(6.8)
333.6
29.6
21.0
184.2
141.6
16.3
32.0
(2.7)
309.6
73.4
12.7
74
NOTE 12 — SUPPLEMENTAL BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION
Receivables, net
Trade
Income tax receivable
Other
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Inventories
Raw materials and supplies
Work in process
Finished products
Flocks
Other Assets
Pension asset
Hedging assets - non-current
Other
Accounts Payable
Trade
Book cash overdrafts
Other
Other Current Liabilities
Advertising and promotion
Accrued interest
Accrued compensation
Hedging liabilities
Accrued legal settlements
Other
Other Liabilities
Pension and other postretirement benefit obligations
Hedging liabilities - non-current
Accrued compensation - non-current
Accrued appraisal rights and related interest
Other
NOTE 13 — ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
Balance, beginning of year
Provision charged to expense
Write-offs, less recoveries
Held for sale assets
Other (a)
Balance, end of year
(a) Other items are primarily related to acquisitions.
75
September 30,
2018
2017
412.8
41.5
10.3
464.6
(2.3)
462.3
107.8
17.8
324.1
34.5
484.2
167.0
52.0
33.0
252.0
329.3
26.7
9.1
365.1
53.6
38.5
114.2
27.7
23.9
81.4
339.3
53.3
113.7
30.4
267.0
34.9
499.3
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
421.6
46.4
14.2
482.2
(1.6)
480.6
129.8
16.9
395.6
31.2
573.5
154.6
0.3
29.4
184.3
306.5
17.8
11.7
336.0
74.5
36.5
89.9
54.6
8.6
82.2
346.3
83.5
188.9
29.2
—
26.2
327.8
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2018
September 30,
2017
2016
$
$
1.6
0.1
(1.2)
(0.5)
2.3
2.3
$
$
1.6
0.3
(0.3)
—
—
1.6
$
$
2.0
1.2
(1.6)
—
—
1.6
NOTE 14 — DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING
In the ordinary course of business, the Company is exposed to commodity price risks relating to the acquisition of raw materials
and supplies, interest rate risks relating to floating rate debt and foreign currency exchange rate risks. The Company utilizes
derivative financial instruments, including (but not limited to) futures contracts, option contracts, forward contracts and swaps,
to manage certain of these exposures by hedging when it is practical to do so. The Company does not hold or issue financial
instruments for speculative or trading purposes.
At September 30, 2018, the Company’s derivative instruments consisted of:
Not designated as hedging instruments under ASC Topic 815
• Commodity and energy futures and option contracts which relate to inputs that generally will be utilized within the
next year;
•
foreign currency forward contracts maturing within the next year that have the effect of hedging currency fluctuations
between the Euro and the U.S. Dollar;
• a pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swap maturing in May 2021 that requires monthly settlements and has the
effect of hedging interest payments on debt expected to be issued but not yet priced; and
•
rate-lock interest rate swaps that require five lump sum settlements with the first settlement occurring in July 2019
and the last in July 2021 and have the effect of hedging interest payments on debt expected to be issued but not yet
priced.
Designated as hedging instruments under ASC Topic 815
• Pay-fixed, receive-fixed cross-currency swaps with maturities in January 2021 and July 2022 that require quarterly
cash settlements and are used as net investment hedges of the Company’s investment in the Weetabix Group, which
is denominated in Pounds Sterling; and
• a pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swap maturing in May 2024 that requires monthly settlements and is used
as a cash flow hedge of forecasted interest payments on the Company’s variable rate term loan (see Note 16).
As of January 1, 2018, the Company changed the designation of its foreign currency forward contracts from a cash flow hedge
to a non-designated hedging instrument. In connection with the new designation, the Company reclassified gains previously
recorded in accumulated OCI of $1.8, of which $1.3 was reclassified to “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended September 30, 2018 and $0.5 was reclassified to “Property, net” on the
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2018.
As of July 1, 2017, the Company changed the designation of its cross-currency swap contracts from a non-designated hedging
instrument to a net investment hedge. Prior to its designation as a net investment hedge, the Company had reported non-cash mark-
to-market adjustments related to the cross-currency swaps in “(Income) expense on swaps, net” in the Consolidated Statements
of Operations.
The following table shows the notional amounts of derivative instruments held.
Not designated as hedging instruments under ASC Topic 815:
Commodity contracts
Energy contracts
Foreign exchange contracts - Forward contracts
Interest rate swap
Interest rate swaps - Rate-lock swaps
Designated as hedging instruments under ASC Topic 815:
Foreign exchange contracts - Forward contracts
Foreign exchange contracts - Cross-currency swaps
Interest rate swap
September 30,
2018
September 30,
2017
$
$
64.3
20.8
9.3
74.6
53.8
25.6
3.8
76.1
1,649.3
1,649.3
—
662.9
1,000.0
20.9
448.7
1,000.0
The following tables present the balance sheet location and fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments on a gross and
net basis as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, along with the portion designated as hedging instruments under ASC Topic 815.
The Company does not offset derivative assets and liabilities within the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
76
Balance Sheet Location
September 30,
2018
September 30,
2017
September 30,
2018
September 30,
2017
Fair Value
Portion Designated as
Hedging Instruments
Asset Derivatives:
Commodity contracts
Energy contracts
Commodity contracts
Energy contracts
Prepaid expenses and other
current assets
$
Prepaid expenses and other
current assets
Other assets
Other assets
Foreign exchange contracts
Prepaid expenses and other
current assets
Foreign exchange contracts Other assets
Interest rate swaps
Interest rate swaps
Prepaid expenses and other
current assets
Other assets
$
$
Liability Derivatives:
Commodity contracts
Other current liabilities
Energy contracts
Other current liabilities
Foreign exchange contracts Other current liabilities
Foreign exchange contracts Other liabilities
Interest rate swaps
Interest rate swaps
Other current liabilities
Other liabilities
1.9
$
0.5
$
— $
4.9
0.2
0.3
1.2
17.6
6.4
33.9
66.4
2.2
0.4
1.5
19.4
23.6
94.3
$
$
3.8
—
—
1.3
0.3
—
—
5.9
1.9
0.3
1.5
23.6
50.9
165.3
243.5
—
—
—
1.1
17.6
6.4
30.6
55.7
$
— $
—
1.4
19.4
—
—
$
$
$
20.8
$
—
—
—
—
1.1
0.3
—
—
1.4
—
—
1.5
23.6
0.7
4.2
30.0
$
141.4
$
The following tables present the effects of the Company’s derivative instruments on the Company’s Consolidated Statements
of Operations and Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and
2016.
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging
Instruments
Statement of Operations Location
Loss (Gain) Recognized in
Statement of Operations
2017
2016
2018
Commodity contracts
Energy contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
Interest rate swaps
Cost of goods sold
Cost of goods sold
Selling, general and administrative expenses
(Income) expense on swaps, net
(Income) expense on swaps, net
$
4.0
(6.4)
1.5
—
(95.6)
$
(0.4) $
(1.3)
0.8
10.3
(102.1)
7.5
1.2
—
—
182.9
Derivatives Designated as Hedging
Instruments
(Gain) Loss Recognized in
OCI
2017
2018
2016
(Gain) Loss Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into
Earnings
2017
2016
2018
Statement of
Operations Location
Selling, general and
administrative
expenses
(1.3) $ — $ —
(2.3)
0.7
— Interest expense, net
—
—
(Income) expense on
swaps, net
—
Foreign exchange contracts
$
(0.2) $
(1.6) $ — $
Interest rate swaps
(44.2)
5.6
Cross-currency swaps
(27.8)
14.8
—
—
77
Accumulated OCI included a $50.0 net gain on hedging instruments before taxes ($37.4 after taxes) at September 30, 2018,
compared to a $18.1 net loss before taxes ($11.1 after taxes) at September 30, 2017. Approximately $6.4 of the net cash flow
hedge gains reported in accumulated OCI at September 30, 2018 is expected to be reclassified into earnings within the next 12
months. For gains or losses associated with interest rate swaps, the reclassification will occur over the term of the related debt. A
reclassification of gains and losses reported in accumulated OCI related to the cross-currency swaps will only occur in the event
all United Kingdom-based operations are liquidated. At September 30, 2018, accumulated OCI included settlements of cross-
currency swaps of $4.8. There were no settlements of cross-currency swaps included in accumulated OCI at September 30, 2017.
At September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, the Company had pledged collateral of $4.5 and $2.9, respectively, related
to its commodity and energy contracts. These amounts are classified as “Restricted cash” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
NOTE 15 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The following table presents the assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and the basis for that
measurement according to the levels in the fair value hierarchy in ASC Topic 820:
September 30, 2018
Level 1
Level 2
Total
September 30, 2017
Level 1
Level 2
Total
Assets
Deferred compensation investment
Derivative assets
Liabilities
Deferred compensation liabilities
Derivative liabilities
$
$
$
$
43.6
66.4
110.0
52.2
141.4
193.6
$
$
$
$
43.6
—
43.6
$
$
— $
66.4
66.4
— $
—
— $
52.2
141.4
193.6
15.4
5.9
21.3
22.5
243.5
266.0
$
$
$
$
15.4
—
15.4
$
$
—
5.9
5.9
— $
—
— $
22.5
243.5
266.0
$
$
$
The deferred compensation investment is primarily invested in mutual funds and its fair value is measured using the market
approach. This investment is in the same funds, or funds that employ a similar investment strategy, and purchased in substantially
the same amounts, as the participants’ selected investment options (excluding Post common stock equivalents), which represent
the underlying liabilities to participants in the Company’s deferred compensation plans. Deferred compensation liabilities are
recorded at amounts due to participants in cash, based on the fair value of participants’ selected investment options (excluding
certain Post common stock equivalents to be distributed in shares) using the market approach. In connection with the acquisition
of Bob Evans (see Note 4), the Company expects to pay $24.1 related to the termination of Bob Evans’s deferred compensation
plans within the next 12 months.
The Company utilizes the income approach to measure fair value for its commodity and energy derivatives. The income
approach uses pricing models that rely on market observable inputs such as yield curves and forward prices. Foreign exchange
contracts are valued using the spot rate less the forward rate multiplied by the notional amount. The Company’s calculation of the
fair value of interest rate swaps is derived from a discounted cash flow analysis based on the terms of the contract and the interest
rate curve. Refer to Note 14 for the classification of changes in fair value of derivative assets and liabilities measured at fair value
on a recurring basis within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company’s financial assets and liabilities also include cash and cash equivalents, receivables and accounts payable for
which the carrying value approximates fair value due to their short maturities (less than 12 months). The Company does not record
its short-term and long-term debt at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Based on current market rates, the fair value
of the Company’s debt (Level 2), including amounts classified as held for sale, was $7,790.9 and $7,343.4 as of September 30,
2018 and 2017, respectively.
Certain assets and liabilities, including long-lived assets, goodwill, indefinite-lived intangibles and assets held for sale are
measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.
In the year ended September 30, 2018, the Company recorded indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment charges of $124.9.
In the year ended September 30, 2017, the Company recorded goodwill impairment losses of $26.5. There were no such charges
recorded in the year ended September 30, 2016. These losses were recorded as “Impairment of goodwill and other intangible
assets” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. For additional information on other intangibles assets and goodwill, see Note
2 and Note 7, respectively. There were no other fair value measurement losses recognized during the years ended September 30,
2018, 2017 and 2016.
78
As stated previously (see Note 6), the Company had assets and liabilities held for sale related to the 8th Avenue Transactions
and a building related to the planned closure of the Company’s Post Consumer Brands cereal warehouse in Clinton, Massachusetts
as of September 30, 2018, and assets held for sale related to the September 2015 closure of the Company’s Dymatize manufacturing
facility located in Farmers Branch, Texas and the April 2013 closure of the Company’s cereal plant located in Modesto, California
as of September 30, 2016. The fair value of assets and liabilities held for sale were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis
based on the lower of book value or third-party valuations. When applicable, the fair value is adjusted to reflect an offer to purchase
the assets and liabilities. The fair value measurement was categorized as Level 3, as the fair values utilize significant unobservable
inputs. The following table summarizes the Level 3 activity.
Balance, September 30, 2016
Gain on assets held for sale
Proceeds from the sale of assets held for sale
Balance, September 30, 2017
Transfers of assets into held for sale
Transfers of liabilities into held for sale
Balance, September 30, 2018
NOTE 16 — LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt as of the dates indicated consists of the following:
5.625% Senior Notes maturing January 2028
5.50% Senior Notes maturing March 2025
5.75% Senior Notes maturing March 2027
5.00% Senior Notes maturing August 2026
8.00% Senior Notes maturing July 2025
6.00% Senior Notes maturing December 2022
Term Loan
Bridge Loan (a)
Capital leases
Less: Current Portion
Debt issuance costs, net (a)
Plus: Unamortized premium
Total long-term debt
$
$
$
10.1
0.2
(10.3)
—
1,051.6
(760.7)
290.9
September 30,
2018
2017
$
960.9
$
—
1,000.0
1,326.3
1,710.3
122.2
—
1,000.0
1,500.0
1,750.0
137.5
630.0
2,172.5
2,194.5
—
0.2
—
0.2
7,292.4
(22.1)
(71.2)
33.0
$ 7,232.1
7,212.2
(22.1)
(81.8)
40.8
$ 7,149.1
(a) In connection with the 8th Avenue Transactions, the Company classified its Bridge Loan and associated debt issuance costs as held for sale
at September 30, 2018. See below for more information about the Bridge Loan. See Note 6 for information about assets and liabilities held for
sale.
Senior Notes
On June 2, 2014, the Company issued $630.0 principal value of 6.00% senior notes due in December 2022. The 6.00% senior
notes were issued at par, and the Company received $619.0 after paying related fees of $11.0, which were deferred and amortized
to interest expense over the term of the notes. The principal balance of these notes was repaid during the year ended September
30, 2018. Interest payments on the 6.00% senior notes were due semi-annually each June 15 and December 15.
On August 18, 2015, the Company issued $400.0 principal value of 8.00% senior notes due in July 2025. The 8.00% senior
notes were issued at par, and the Company received $396.0 after paying related fees of $4.0, which were deferred and amortized
to interest expense over the term of the notes. Interest payments on the 8.00% senior notes are due semi-annually each January
15 and July 15.
On August 3, 2016, the Company issued $1,750.0 principal value of 5.00% senior notes due in August 2026. The 5.00% senior
notes were issued at par, and the Company received $1,725.7 after paying related fees of $24.3, which were deferred and will be
79
amortized to interest expense over the term of the notes. Interest payments on the 5.00% senior notes are due semi-annually each
February 15 and August 15.
On February 14, 2017, the Company issued $1,000.0 principal value of 5.50% senior notes due in March 2025 and $750.0
principal value of 5.75% senior notes due in March 2027. The 5.50% and 5.75% senior notes were issued at par, and the Company
received $1,725.4 after paying related fees of $24.6, which were deferred and will be amortized to interest expense over the term
of the notes. On August 10, 2017, the Company issued an additional $750.0 principal value of 5.75% notes due in March 2027.
The additional 5.75% senior notes were issued at 105.5% of par value, and the Company received $784.0 after paying investment
banking and other fees of $7.2. The premium related to the 5.75% senior notes was recorded as an unamortized premium, which
is included in “Long-term debt” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2018 and 2017 and will be amortized as a
reduction to interest expense over the term of the notes. Interest payments on the 5.50% and 5.75% senior notes are due semi-
annually each March 1 and September 1.
On December 1, 2017, the Company issued $1,000.0 principal value of 5.625% senior notes due in January 2028. The 5.625%
senior notes were issued at par, and the Company received $990.6 after paying investment banking and other fees of $9.4, which
are being deferred and amortized to interest expense over the term of the notes. Interest payments on the 5.625% senior notes are
due semi-annually each January 15 and July 15.
All of the Company’s senior notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis
by each of the Company’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries, other than immaterial subsidiaries, receivables finance
subsidiaries and subsidiaries the Company designated as unrestricted subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”). The Company’s foreign
subsidiaries do not guarantee the senior notes. These guarantees are subject to release in limited circumstances (only upon the
occurrence of certain customary conditions).
Credit Agreement
On March 28, 2017, the Company entered into an amended and restated credit agreement, and further amended the credit
agreement on April 28, 2017, March 8, 2018 and August 17, 2018 (as further amended and restated, the “Credit Agreement”). The
Credit Agreement provides for a revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $800.0 (the “Revolving Credit
Facility”), with the commitments thereunder to be made available to the Company in U.S. Dollars, Canadian Dollars, Euros and
Pounds Sterling. The issuance of letters of credit is available under the Credit Agreement in an aggregate amount of up to $50.0.
The Revolving Credit Facility has outstanding letters of credit of $18.5, which reduced the available borrowing capacity to $781.5
at September 30, 2018. The outstanding amounts under the Revolving Credit Facility must be repaid on or before March 28, 2022.
The Company incurred $4.2 and $4.6 of issuance costs in connection with the Credit Agreement in the years ended September
30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, which are included in “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” and “Other assets” on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The Credit Agreement also provides for potential incremental revolving and term facilities at the request of the Company and
at the discretion of the lenders, in each case on terms to be determined, and also permits the Company, subject to certain conditions,
to incur incremental equivalent debt, in an aggregate maximum amount not to exceed the greater of (1) $700.0 and (2) the maximum
amount at which (A) the Company’s pro forma consolidated leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) would not exceed
6.50 to 1.00 and (B) the Company’s pro forma senior secured leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) would not exceed
3.00 to 1.00 as of the date such indebtedness is incurred. Additionally, the Credit Agreement permits the Company to incur additional
unsecured debt if, among other conditions, its consolidated interest coverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) would be
greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 after giving effect to such new debt.
The Company entered into a third amendment to the Credit Agreement on August 17, 2018, which permits the Company,
among other things, to designate certain of its subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries and once so designated, permits the disposition
of (and release of liens on) assets of and equity interests in the Company’s unrestricted subsidiaries and permits the release of such
unrestricted subsidiaries as guarantors.
Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility will bear interest, at the option of the Company, at an annual rate equal to
either the Base Rate, Eurodollar Rate or CDOR Rate (as such terms are defined in the Credit Agreement) plus an applicable margin
ranging from 1.75% to 2.25% for Eurodollar Rate-based loans and CDOR Rate-based loans and from 0.75% to 1.25% for Base
Rate-based loans, depending in each case on the Company’s senior secured leverage ratio. Commitment fees on the daily unused
amount of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility will accrue at rates ranging from 0.250% to 0.375%, also depending
on the Company’s senior secured leverage ratio.
The Credit Agreement contains affirmative and negative covenants customary for agreements of this type, including delivery
of financial and other information, compliance with laws, maintenance of property, existence, insurance and books and records,
inspection rights, obligation to provide collateral and guarantees by certain new subsidiaries, preparation of environmental reports,
participation in an annual meeting with the agent and the lenders under the Credit Agreement, further assurances, limitations with
respect to indebtedness, liens, fundamental changes, restrictive agreements, use of proceeds, amendments of organization
80
documents, accounting changes, prepayments and amendments of certain indebtedness, dispositions of assets, acquisitions and
other investments, sale leaseback transactions, conduct of business, transactions with affiliates, dividends and redemptions or
repurchases of stock, and granting liens.
The Credit Agreement provides for customary events of default, including material breach of representations and warranties,
failure to make required payments, failure to comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to pay, or default under,
indebtedness in excess of $75.0, certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency, inability to pay debts, the occurrence of one or more
unstayed or undischarged judgments in excess of $75.0, attachments issued against a material part of the Company’s property,
change in control, the invalidity of any loan document, the failure of the collateral documents to create a valid and perfected first
priority lien and certain ERISA events. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the maturity of the loans under the Credit
Agreement may be accelerated and the agent and lenders under the Credit Agreement may exercise other rights and remedies
available at law or under the loan documents, including with respect to the collateral and guarantees for the Company’s obligations
under the Credit Agreement.
The Company’s obligations under the Credit Agreement are unconditionally guaranteed by each of the Guarantors. The
Company’s obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by security interests on substantially all of the personal property
assets of the Company and the Guarantors and are secured by the material domestic real property assets of the Company and the
Guarantors.
Term Loans
On May 24, 2017, the Company entered into a Joinder Agreement No. 1 (“Joinder No. 1”). Joinder No.1 provided for an
incremental term loan of $1,200.0 (the “ Joinder No. 1 Term Loan”) under the Credit Agreement. Pursuant to Joinder No. 1, the
Company borrowed $1,200.0. On June 29, 2017, the Company entered into a Joinder Agreement No. 2 (“Joinder No. 2”). Joinder
No. 2 provided for an incremental term loan of $1,000.0 (the “ Joinder No. 2 Term Loan”) under the Credit Agreement. Pursuant
to Joinder No. 2, the Company borrowed $1,000.0 and used the proceeds, together with cash on hand, to finance its fiscal 2017
acquisition of the Weetabix Group (see Note 4). The Joinder No. 2 Term Loan was combined with the outstanding amounts under
the Joinder No.1 Term Loan (collectively the “Term Loan”). On March 8, 2018, the Company entered into a second amendment
to the Credit Agreement (the “Second Amendment”). Under the Second Amendment, the interest rate margin for the Term Loan
was reduced by 25 basis points such that a Term Loan that is a Eurodollar Rate Loan accrues interest at the Eurodollar Rate plus
2.00% per annum, and a Term Loan that is a Base Rate Loan accrues interest at the Base Rate plus 1.00% per annum (as such
terms are defined in the Credit Agreement). The maturity date for the Term Loan remains May 24, 2024, and all other material
provisions of the Credit Agreement remain unchanged.
The Term Loan requires quarterly principal installments of $5.5, which began on September 30, 2017. The interest rate on
the Term Loan was 4.22% and 3.49% at September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company incurred $23.7 of issuance
costs in connection with the Term Loan in the year ended September 30, 2017.
Bridge Loan
On September 24, 2018, in connection with the 8th Avenue Transactions (see Note 4), the Company entered into a $625.0
bridge facility agreement (“Bridge Loan Facility”) and borrowed $625.0 under the Bridge Loan Facility (the Bridge Loan, as
defined in Note 4). The Bridge Loan bore interest at a rate per annum equal to (i) with respect to the period commencing on
September 24, 2018, and ending on October 1, 2018, the Eurodollar Rate (as such term is defined in the Bridge Loan Facility)
plus 450 basis points , (ii) with respect to the period commencing on October 1, 2018 and ending on October 8, 2018, the Eurodollar
Rate plus 500 basis points, (iii) with respect to the period between October 8, 2018 and November 30, 2018, 12.00% and (iv) with
respect to the period on or after November 30, 2018 through the maturity date, 12.25%. Payments of interest on the Bridge Loan
were due on October 1, 2018, October 8, 2018, December 31, 2018 and the last day of each quarter thereafter. The Bridge Loan
Facility would mature on August 23, 2024. In connection with the Bridge Loan Facility, the Company incurred issuance costs of
$10.4, which are being deferred and amortized to interest expense over the term of the loan. Of the total amount of debt issuance
costs incurred, $7.8 were reimbursed to the Company at the closing of the 8th Avenue Transactions on October 1, 2018.
Upon the closing of the 8th Avenue Transactions on October 1, 2018, the Bridge Loan was assumed by 8th Avenue and the
Company was released from its repayment obligations thereunder while retaining the proceeds from the Bridge Loan. Upon the
assumption of the Bridge Loan by 8th Avenue, the Company was required under the Credit Agreement to use the net cash proceeds
from the Bridge Loan and the cash proceeds received from THL under the Transaction Agreement to repay a portion of the Term
Loan. Additionally, on October 1, 2018, 8th Avenue and its domestic subsidiaries (other than immaterial subsidiaries and other
excluded subsidiaries) entered into (i) a First Lien Credit Agreement and (ii) a Second Lien Credit Agreement . The First Lien
Credit Agreement provides for (i) a term loan in an aggregate principal amount of $525.0 (the “First Lien Term Loan Facility”)
and (ii) a revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of up to $150.0 (the “First Lien Revolving Credit Facility”). The Second
Lien Credit Agreement provides for a term loan in an aggregate principal amount of $100.0 (the “Second Lien Term Loan Facility”).
8th Avenue used the proceeds of the First Lien Term Loan Facility, the Second Lien Term Loan Facility and a portion of the First
81
Lien Revolving Credit Facility to repay the Bridge Loan under the Bridge Facility Agreement, to pay certain fees and expenses
related to the 8th Avenue Transactions and for general corporate purposes.
Repayments of Long-Term Debt
The following table shows the Company’s repayments of long-term debt and associated gain or loss included in “Loss on
extinguishment of debt” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016.
Repayments of Long-Term Debt
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt, net
Year Ended
September
30,
Issuance
Principal
Amount
Repaid
Debt
Repurchased
at a Discount
Premium and
Debt
Extinguishment
Costs Paid
Write-offs of
Debt Issuance
Costs
Write-off of
Unamortized
(Premium)/
Discount
6.00% Senior Notes
$
630.0
$
— $
30.8
$
5.625% Senior Notes
5.75% Senior Notes
5.00% Senior Notes
8.00% Senior Notes
Term Loan (a)
2018
Total
6.75% Senior Notes
7.375% Senior Notes
7.75% Senior Notes
8.00% Senior Notes
Term Loan
TEUs
4.57% 2012 Series Bond
Capital lease
2017
Total
7.375% Senior Notes
Term Loan
TEUs
4.57% 2012 Series Bond
Capital lease
2016
Total
39.1
173.7
39.7
15.3
22.0
919.8
875.0
133.0
800.0
262.5
5.5
11.0
1.3
0.1
2,088.4
1,242.0
374.4
14.1
1.6
0.1
1,632.2
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
(2.1)
(3.1)
(2.5)
—
—
(7.7) $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
— $
—
—
—
—
— $
—
—
—
2.0
0.9
33.7
63.0
4.9
108.6
43.3
—
—
—
—
219.8
88.0
—
—
—
—
88.0
$
$
$
$
$
6.5
0.4
1.9
0.4
0.1
0.4
9.7
8.9
1.2
6.3
2.2
—
—
—
—
18.6
12.4
6.4
—
—
—
18.8
$
$
$
$
$
$
—
—
(4.6)
—
—
—
(4.6)
(13.4)
(2.1)
—
—
—
—
—
—
(15.5)
(21.8)
1.4
—
—
—
(20.4)
(a) In connection with the Second Amendment discussed above, the Company recorded a write-off of debt issuance costs and other expenses
during the year ended September 30, 2018.
Debt Covenants
Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Company is required to comply with a financial covenant consisting of a ratio
for quarterly maximum senior secured leverage (as defined in the Credit Agreement) not to exceed 4.25 to 1.00, measured as of
the last day of any fiscal quarter if, as of the last day of such fiscal quarter, the aggregate outstanding amount of all revolving
credit loans, swing line loans and letter of credit obligations (subject to certain exceptions specified in the Credit Agreement)
exceeds 30% of the Company’s revolving credit commitments. As of September 30, 2018, the Company was not required to
comply with such financial covenant as the aggregate amount of the aforementioned obligations did not exceed 30%.
The Credit Agreement permits the Company to incur additional unsecured debt if, among other conditions, the pro forma
consolidated interest coverage ratio, calculated as provided in the Credit Agreement, would be greater than or equal to 2.00 to
1.00 after giving effect to such new debt. As of September 30, 2018, the pro forma consolidated interest coverage ratio exceeded
this threshold.
82
NOTE 17 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Legal Proceedings
Antitrust claims
In late 2008 and early 2009, some 22 class action lawsuits were filed in various federal courts against Michael Foods, Inc.
(“MFI”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and some 20 other defendants (producers of shell eggs and egg products,
and egg industry organizations), alleging violations of federal and state antitrust laws in connection with the production and sale
of shell eggs and egg products, and seeking unspecified damages. All cases were transferred to the Eastern District of Pennsylvania
for coordinated and/or consolidated pretrial proceedings.
The case involved three plaintiff groups: (1) a nationwide class of direct purchasers of shell eggs (“direct purchaser class”);
(2) individual companies (primarily large grocery chains and food companies that purchase considerable quantities of eggs) that
opted out of various settlements and filed their own complaints related to their purchases of shell eggs and egg products (“opt-out
plaintiffs”); and (3) indirect purchasers of shell eggs (“indirect purchaser plaintiffs”).
Resolution of claims: (1) In December 2016, MFI settled all claims asserted against it by the direct purchaser class for a
payment of $75.0, which was approved by the district court in December 2017; (2) MFI settled all claims asserted against it by
opt-out plaintiffs related to shell egg purchases on confidential terms in January 2017; and (3) in June 2018, MFI settled all claims
asserted against it by indirect purchaser plaintiffs on confidential terms. MFI has at all times denied liability in this matter, and
no settlement contains any admission of liability by MFI.
Remaining portion of the case: MFI remains a defendant only with respect to claims that seek damages based on purchases
of egg products by opt-out plaintiffs. The district court had granted summary judgment precluding any claims for egg products
purchases by opt-out plaintiffs, but the Third Circuit Court of Appeals reversed and remanded these claims for further pre-trial
proceedings. Defendants have filed a second motion for summary judgment seeking dismissal of the claims, and that motion is
currently pending.
Although the likelihood of a material adverse outcome in the egg antitrust litigation has been significantly reduced as a result
of the MFI settlements described above, the remaining portion of the case could still result in a material adverse outcome. At
September 30, 2018, the Company had accrued $6.0 for this matter that was included in “Other current liabilities” on the
Consolidated Balance Sheet. There was no accrual for these matters at September 30, 2017. The Company records reserves for
litigation losses in accordance with ASC Topic 450, “Contingencies.” Under ASC Topic 450, a loss contingency is recorded if a
loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. The Company records probable loss contingencies based on the best estimate
of the loss. If a range of loss can be reasonably estimated, but no single amount within the range appears to be a better estimate
than any other amount within the range, the minimum amount in the range is accrued. These estimates are often initially developed
earlier than when the ultimate loss is known, and the estimates are adjusted if additional information becomes known. Although
the Company believes its accruals for this matter are appropriate, the final amounts required to resolve such matter could differ
materially from recorded estimates and the Company’s results of operations and cash flows could be materially affected.
During the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company expensed $8.3, $74.5 and $28.5 related to these
settlements, respectively, which was included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements
of Operations. Under current law, any settlement paid, including the settlements with the direct purchaser plaintiffs, the opt-out
plaintiffs and the indirect purchaser plaintiffs, is deductible for federal income tax purposes.
Bob Evans Appraisal Proceedings
Prior to completion of the Company’s acquisition of Bob Evans on January 12, 2018, Bob Evans received demands from
certain stockholders demanding appraisal of their shares of Bob Evans common stock. After the completion of the acquisition,
several such former stockholders filed petitions in the Delaware Court of Chancery (Arbitrage Fund v. Bob Evans Farms, Inc.
filed on January 23, 2018; Blue Mountain Credit Alternatives Master Fund L.P., et al. v. Bob Evans Farms, Inc. filed on April 30,
2018; and 2017 Clarendon LLC, et al. v. Bob Evans Farms, Inc. filed on April 30, 2018) seeking appraisal of their shares of Bob
Evans common stock pursuant to Section 262 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“Section 262”). The lawsuits seek
appraisal for such shares, plus statutory interest, as well as the costs of the proceedings and such other relief as appropriate. Under
Section 262, persons who were stockholders at the time of the closing are entitled to have their shares appraised by the Delaware
Court of Chancery and receive payment of the “fair value” of such shares (plus statutory interest) as determined by the Delaware
Court of Chancery so long as such persons comply with applicable procedural requirements. By virtue of these lawsuits,
approximately 3.3 shares of Bob Evans common stock (which were held by such former stockholders) are before the court for
appraisal. As of completion of the acquisition, former Bob Evans stockholders can no longer submit new demands for appraisal.
All other former stockholders have been paid for their shares at the $77.00 per share merger consideration amount. The Company
intends to vigorously defend the cases.
83
At September 30, 2018, the Company had an accrual of $267.0 included in “Other liabilities” on the Consolidated Balance
Sheet for these matters, which is the number of shares of Bob Evans common stock for which former Bob Evans stockholders
have demanded appraisal and have not withdrawn their demands multiplied by the $77.00 per share merger consideration, plus
statutory interest (see Note 4). There were no accruals for these matters at September 30, 2017. While the Company believes its
accrual for these matters is appropriate, the final amounts required to resolve such matters could differ materially and the Company’s
results of operations and cash flows could be materially affected. Accordingly, the Company cannot predict what impact, if any,
these matters and any results from such matters could have on the Company’s future results of operations or cash flows.
Other
The Company is subject to various other legal proceedings and actions arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion
of management, based upon the information presently known, the ultimate liability, if any, arising from such pending legal
proceedings, as well as from asserted legal claims and known potential legal claims which are likely to be asserted, taking into
account established accruals for estimated liabilities (if any), are not expected to be material individually or in the aggregate to
the consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company. In addition, although it is difficult to
estimate the potential financial impact of actions regarding expenditures for compliance with regulatory matters, in the opinion
of management, based upon the information currently available, the ultimate liability arising from such compliance matters is not
expected to be material to the consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.
Leases
Lease Commitments
Future minimum rental payments under noncancelable operating leases in effect as of September 30, 2018 were $28.2, $26.4,
$24.6, $23.9, $21.6 and $84.8 for fiscal 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022, 2023 and thereafter, respectively.
Bob Evans Lease Guarantee
Historically, Bob Evans guaranteed certain payment and performance obligations associated with the leases for 143 properties
(the "Guarantee") leased by the restaurant business formerly owned by Bob Evans (the “Bob Evans Restaurant Business”). The
Guarantee remained in effect following the Company’s acquisition of Bob Evans. In the event the Bob Evans Restaurant Business
fails to meet its payment and performance obligations under these leases, the Company may be required to make rent and other
payments to the landlord under the requirements of the Guarantee. Should the Company, as guarantor of the lease obligations, be
required to make all lease payments due for the remaining term of the leases subsequent to September 30, 2018, the maximum
amount the Company may be required to pay is equal to the annual rent amount for the remainder of the lease terms. The current
annual rent on these leases is $13.5 and will increase up to 1.5% annually based on indexed inflation. The lease terms extend for
approximately 17 years from September 30, 2018, and the Guarantee would remain in effect in the event the leases are extended
for a renewal period. In the event the Company is obligated to make payments under the Guarantee, the Company believes its
exposure is limited due to protections and recourse available in the leases associated with the leased properties, including a
requirement of the landlord to mitigate damages by re-letting the properties in default. The Bob Evans Restaurant Business continues
to meet its obligations under these leases, and there have been no events that would indicate the obligations will not continue to
be met. As such, the Company believes the fair value of the Guarantee is immaterial as of September 30, 2018.
NOTE 18 — PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
The Company maintains qualified defined benefit plans in the U.S., the United Kingdom and Canada for certain employees
primarily within its Post Consumer Brands and Weetabix segments. Certain of the Company’s employees are eligible to participate
in the Company’s postretirement benefit plans (partially subsidized retiree health and life insurance). The following disclosures
reflect amounts related to the Company’s employees based on separate actuarial valuations, projections and certain allocations.
Amounts for the Canadian plans are included in the North America disclosures and are not disclosed separately because they do
not constitute a significant portion of the combined amounts. With respect to defined benefits for Canadian Post Consumer Brands
employees, eligibility is frozen to new entrants and benefit accrual is frozen for salaried employees. During the year ended
September 30, 2018, certain U.S. defined benefit plans for Weetabix NA employees were merged into the Company defined benefit
plan for U.S. employees. With respect to defined benefits for U.S. Post Consumer Brands employees, eligibility is frozen to new
employees and benefit accruals are frozen for all administrative employees and certain production employees. Benefit accrual is
frozen for salaried Weetabix NA employees in the U.S. With respect to defined benefit plans for Weetabix employees in the United
Kingdom, eligibility is frozen to new entrants, and benefit accrual is frozen with respect to participants in the executive scheme.
84
Defined Benefit Pension Plans
The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the pension plans’ benefit obligations and fair value of assets
over the two year period ended September 30, 2018, and a statement of the funded status and amounts recognized on the combined
balance sheets as of September 30, 2018 and 2017.
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of period
Service cost
Interest cost
Plan participants’ contributions
Actuarial gain
Business combinations
Benefits paid
Currency translation
Benefit obligation at end of period
Change in fair value of plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period
Actual return on plan assets
Employer contributions
Business combinations
Plan participants’ contributions
Benefits paid
Currency translation
Fair value of plan assets at end of period
Funded status
Amounts recognized in assets or liabilities
Other assets
Other liabilities
Net amount recognized
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss
Net actuarial loss (gain)
Prior service cost
Total
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit
obligation
Discount rate — U.S. plans
Discount rate — Canadian plans
Discount rate — Other international plans
Rate of compensation increase — U.S. plans
Rate of compensation increase — Canadian plans
Rate of compensation increase — Other international plans
North America
Year Ended
September 30,
2018
2017
Other International
Year Ended
September 30,
2018
2017
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
100.6
4.2
3.6
0.6
(4.3)
—
(3.4)
(0.4)
100.9
80.9
3.9
32.6
—
0.6
(3.4)
(0.5)
114.1
13.2
13.7
(0.5)
13.2
9.5
0.5
10.0
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
71.2
4.1
2.5
0.6
(1.0)
25.5
(3.0)
0.7
100.6
54.3
5.4
7.7
15.2
0.6
(3.0)
0.7
80.9
(19.7)
1.5
(21.2)
(19.7)
14.3
0.6
14.9
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
723.6
6.7
19.6
2.4
(14.0)
—
(27.6)
(19.5)
691.2
876.7
9.6
7.2
—
2.4
(27.6)
(23.8)
844.5
153.3
153.3
—
153.3
(32.0)
—
(32.0)
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
—
1.7
4.9
0.6
(46.4)
746.0
(6.2)
23.0
723.6
—
0.3
2.4
852.2
0.6
(6.2)
27.4
876.7
153.1
153.1
—
153.1
(40.2)
—
(40.2)
4.30%
3.53%
n/a
3.00%
2.75%
n/a
3.86%
3.63%
n/a
3.00%
2.69%
n/a
n/a
n/a
2.81%
n/a
n/a
2.75%
n/a
n/a
2.72%
n/a
n/a
2.70%
The fair value of plan assets for the North American pension plans exceeded the accumulated benefit obligation at
September 30, 2018, whereas the accumulated benefit obligation exceeded the fair value of plan assets for the North American
pension plans at September 30, 2017. The fair value of plan assets for the other international pension plans exceeded the accumulated
benefit obligation at September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017. The aggregate accumulated benefit obligation for the North
American pension plans was $98.9 and $98.3 at September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The aggregate accumulated benefit
obligation for the other international pension plans was $677.6 and $690.4 at September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
85
The following tables provide the components of net periodic benefit cost for the pension plans including amounts recognized
in OCI.
North America
Year Ended September 30,
2017
2016
2018
Components of net periodic benefit cost
Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Recognized net actuarial loss
Recognized prior service cost
Net periodic benefit cost
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net benefit cost
Discount rate — U.S. plans
Discount rate — Canadian plans
Rate of compensation increase — U.S. plans
Rate of compensation increase — Canadian plans
Expected return on plan assets — U.S. plans
Expected return on plan assets — Canadian plans
Changes in benefit obligation recognized in Total Comprehensive Income
Net (gain) loss
Recognized loss
Plan amendment (a)
Recognized prior service cost
Currency translation
Total recognized in other comprehensive income (before tax effects)
$
$
$
$
4.2
3.6
(4.4)
1.1
0.1
4.6
3.86%
3.63%
3.00%
2.69%
5.46%
6.00%
(3.7)
(1.1)
—
(0.1)
—
(4.9)
$
$
$
$
4.1
2.5
(3.2)
1.6
0.2
5.2
3.66%
3.18%
2.99%
2.50%
5.33%
6.00%
(3.1)
(1.6)
—
(0.2)
(0.1)
(5.0)
$
$
$
$
4.0
2.5
(2.6)
1.1
0.3
5.3
4.55%
3.82%
3.00%
2.75%
5.20%
6.00%
5.1
(1.1)
0.5
(0.3)
—
4.2
(a) In the second quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company finalized a new collective bargaining agreement that resulted in an amendment to its
North American pension plans.
Other International
Year Ended September 30,
2017
2018
2016
Components of net periodic benefit cost
Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Net periodic benefit cost
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net benefit cost
Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase
Expected return on plan assets
Changes in plan assets and benefit obligation recognized in Total
Comprehensive Income
Net loss (gain)
Currency translation
Total recognized in other comprehensive income (before tax effects)
$
$
$
$
6.7
19.6
(31.7)
(5.4)
$
$
1.7
4.9
(7.5)
(0.9)
$
$
2.72%
2.70%
3.56%
2.61%
2.75%
3.52%
—
—
—
—
—%
—%
—%
8.2
—
8.2
$
$
(39.3)
(0.9)
(40.2)
$
$
—
—
—
The estimated net actuarial loss and prior service cost expected to be reclassified from accumulated OCI into net periodic
benefit cost during 2019 related to North American pension benefits are zero and $0.1, respectively. There are no estimated net
actuarial gain and prior service cost (credit) expected to be reclassified from accumulated OCI into net periodic benefit cost during
86
2019 related to other international pension benefits. The Company expects to make contributions of $0.5 and $5.0 to its defined
benefit North American and other international pension plans, respectively, during fiscal 2019.
The expected return on North American pension plan assets was determined based on historical and expected future returns
of the various asset classes, using the target allocation. The broad target allocations are 51.0% equity securities, 34.5% fixed
income, 10.0% debt securities, 4.0% real assets and 0.5% cash. At September 30, 2018, equity securities were 53.6%, fixed income
was 33.2%, debt securities were 8.9%, real assets were 3.4% and cash was 0.9% of the fair value of total plan assets, 99.6% of
which was invested in passive index funds. At September 30, 2017, equity securities were 58.3%, fixed income was 17.6%, debt
securities were 19.4%, real assets were 3.7% and cash was 1.0% of the fair value of total plan assets, 69.6% of which was invested
in passive index funds. The allocation guidelines were established based on management’s determination of the appropriate risk
posture and long-term objectives.
The expected return on other international pension plan assets was determined based on historical and expected future returns
of the various asset classes, using the target allocation. The broad target allocations are 52.6% debt securities, 20.8% liability
driven instruments, 20.8% fixed income, 3.6% real assets, 0.2% other and 2.0% cash. At September 30, 2018, debt securities were
57.3%, liability hedging instruments were 23.8%, fixed income was 18.5%, other was 0.2% and cash was 0.2% of the fair value
of total plan assets, 31.8% of which was invested in passive index funds. At September 30, 2017, debt securities were 52.7%,
liability hedging instruments were 23.3%, fixed income was 23.2%, real assets were 0.4%, other was 0.1% and cash was 0.3% of
the fair value of total plan assets, 25.6% of which was invested in passive index funds. The allocation guidelines were established
based on management’s determination of the appropriate risk posture and long-term objectives.
The following tables present the North American and other international pension plans’ assets measured at fair value on a
recurring basis and the basis for that measurement. The fair value of mutual funds is based on quoted net asset values of the shares
held by the plan at year end.
North America
Equities
Bonds
Fixed income
Real assets
Cash
Fair value of plan assets in the fair value hierarchy
Equities
Pooled assets
Fixed income
Real assets
Investments measured at net asset value (a)
Total plan assets
Bonds
Liability driven instruments
Fixed income
Cash
Fair value of plan assets in the fair value hierarchy
Bonds
Fixed income
Real assets
Other
Investments measured at net asset value (a)
Total plan assets
$
Total
September 30, 2018
Level 1
$ — $
0.1
—
—
1.1
1.2
—
—
—
—
—
1.2
9.5
10.1
14.7
—
1.1
35.4
51.7
—
23.2
3.8
78.7
$ 114.1
Level 2
9.5
10.0
14.7
—
—
34.2
—
—
—
—
—
34.2
$
$
Total
September 30, 2017
Level 1
7.8
$
11.3
—
0.9
0.8
20.8
—
—
—
—
—
20.8
Level 2
8.6
$
—
4.6
—
—
13.2
—
—
—
—
—
13.2
16.4
11.3
4.6
0.9
0.8
34.0
30.7
4.5
9.6
2.1
46.9
80.9
$
$
$
$
Other International
September 30, 2018
Level 1
$ 416.6
201.4
61.5
1.6
681.1
—
—
—
—
—
$ 681.1
Level 2
22.9
$
—
—
—
22.9
—
—
—
—
—
22.9
Total
$ 439.5
201.4
61.5
1.6
704.0
44.4
94.2
—
1.9
140.5
$ 844.5
$
September 30, 2017
Level 1
$ 441.1
204.2
108.3
2.7
756.3
—
—
—
—
—
$ 756.3
Level 2
20.6
$
—
—
—
20.6
—
—
—
—
—
20.6
Total
$ 461.7
204.2
108.3
2.7
776.9
—
95.0
3.9
0.9
99.8
$ 876.7
$
87
(a) In accordance with ASC Topic 820-10, certain investments were measured at net asset value per share (“NAV”). In cases where the fair
value was measured at NAV using the practical expedient provided for in ASC Topic 820-10, the investments have not been classified in
the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in these tables are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy
to the tables above.
Other Postretirement Benefits
The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the North American other postretirement benefit obligations
over the two year period ended September 30, 2018. Besides the North American plans, the Company does not maintain any other
postretirement benefit plans.
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of period
Service cost
Interest cost
Plan amendment
Actuarial gain
Benefits paid
Currency translation
Benefit obligation at end of period
Change in fair value of plan assets
Employer contributions
Benefits paid
Fair value of plan assets at end of period
Funded status
Amounts recognized in assets or liabilities
Other current liabilities
Other liabilities
Net amount recognized
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss
Net actuarial (gain) loss
Prior service credit
Total
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligation
Discount rate — U.S. plans
Discount rate — Canadian plans
Rate of compensation increase — Canadian plans
Year Ended
September 30,
2018
2017
$
$
$
$
$
$
65.0
0.5
2.1
—
(9.9)
(2.3)
(0.2)
55.2
2.3
(2.3)
—
(55.2)
(2.4)
(52.8)
(55.2)
(1.2)
(24.1)
(25.3)
$
$
$
$
$
$
68.6
0.6
2.0
(0.1)
(4.4)
(2.1)
0.4
65.0
2.1
(2.1)
—
(65.0)
(2.7)
(62.3)
(65.0)
8.6
(28.8)
(20.2)
4.27%
3.54%
2.75%
3.77%
3.69%
2.75%
88
The following table provides the components of net periodic benefit cost for the other postretirement benefit plans including
amounts recognized in OCI.
Year Ended September 30,
2017
2018
2016
Components of net periodic benefit cost
Service cost
Interest cost
Recognized net actuarial loss
Recognized prior service credit
Net periodic benefit cost
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net benefit cost
Discount rate — U.S. plans (Prior to plan amendment) (a)
Discount rate — U.S. plans (Subsequent to plan amendment) (a)
Discount rate — Canadian plans
Rate of compensation increase — Canadian plans
Changes in plan assets and benefit obligation recognized in Total
Comprehensive Income
Net gain
Recognized loss
Plan amendment (a)
Recognized prior service credit
Currency translation
Total recognized in other comprehensive income (before tax effects)
$
$
$
$
0.5
2.1
0.3
(4.7)
(1.8)
n/a
3.77%
3.69%
2.75%
(9.9)
(0.3)
—
4.7
0.4
(5.1)
$
$
$
$
0.6
2.0
0.7
(4.8)
(1.5)
n/a
3.54%
3.23%
2.75%
(4.4)
(0.7)
(0.1)
4.8
0.1
(0.3)
$
$
$
$
1.0
4.0
1.6
(3.8)
2.8
4.60%
4.22%
3.91%
2.75%
(11.3)
(1.6)
(36.1)
3.8
(0.1)
(45.3)
(a) In the second quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company finalized a new collective bargaining agreement that resulted in an amendment to its
other postretirement benefit plans. The plan was re-measured as of February 29, 2016. For fiscal 2016, the discount rate was 4.6% for the
first five months of benefit cost and 4.22% for the last seven months of benefit cost.
For September 30, 2018 measurement purposes, the assumed annual rate of increase in the future per capita cost of covered
health care benefits related to domestic plans for 2019 was 6.5% for participants both under the age of 65 and over the age of 65,
declining gradually to an ultimate rate of 5.0% for 2025 and beyond. For September 30, 2017 measurement purposes, the assumed
annual rate of increase in the future per capita cost of covered health care benefits related to domestic plans for 2018 was 7.0%
and 5.8% for participants under the age of 65 and over the age of 65, respectively, declining gradually to an ultimate rate of 5.0%
for 2022 and beyond. For September 30, 2018 and 2017 measurement purposes, the assumed annual rate of increase in the future
per capita cost of covered health care benefits related to Canadian plans for the following fiscal year was 6.0% and 6.5%, respectively,
declining gradually to an ultimate rate of 4.5% for 2021 and beyond for the years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017. A 1%
change in assumed health care cost trend rates would result in the following changes in the accumulated postretirement benefit
obligation and in the total service and interest cost components for fiscal 2018:
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation
Effect on total service and interest cost
Increase
$
5.2
0.3
Decrease
$
(4.3)
(0.2)
The estimated net actuarial gain and prior service credit expected to be reclassified from accumulated OCI into net periodic
benefit cost during 2019 related to other postretirement benefits are $0.1 and $4.7, respectively.
Additional Information
As of September 30, 2018, expected future benefit payments and related federal subsidy receipts (Medicare Part D) in the
next ten fiscal years were as follows:
Pension benefits
Other benefits
Subsidy receipts
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
$
$
23.0
2.4
—
$
23.9
2.8
0.1
$
24.9
2.8
0.1
$
26.0
3.0
0.1
27.1
3.1
0.1
$
2024-
2028
155.5
16.5
1.1
89
In addition to the defined benefit plans described above, the Company sponsors a defined contribution 401(k) plan under
which it makes matching contributions. The Company expensed $19.6, $18.2 and $15.6 for the years ended September 30, 2018,
2017 and 2016, respectively.
NOTE 19 — STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
On February 3, 2012, the Company established the 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”) which permitted the
issuance of various stock-based compensation awards of up to 6.5 shares. On January 28, 2016, the Company established the 2016
Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”) which permits issuance of stock-based compensation awards of up to 2.4 shares.
Upon establishment of the 2016 Plan, all remaining shares available to be issued under the 2012 Plan were transferred to the 2016
Plan. Awards issued under the 2012 Plan and 2016 Plan have a maximum term of 10 years, provided, however, that the Corporate
Governance and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, grant awards with a longer term to
participants who are located outside the United States.
Total compensation cost for cash and non-cash stock-based compensation awards recognized in the years ended September
30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $33.8, $30.7 and $25.6, respectively, and the related recognized deferred tax benefit for each of
those periods was approximately $7.8, $9.7 and $8.0, respectively. As of September 30, 2018, the total compensation cost related
to non-vested awards not yet recognized was $55.5, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.1
years.
In connection with employee retirement and reorganization initiatives during fiscal 2015, the Company accelerated the vesting
of unvested equity awards for 25 employees in the year ended September 30, 2016. As a result of this acceleration, the Company
recorded $2.2 of incremental cash and stock-based compensation expense in the year ended September 30, 2016. No such expense
was recorded in the years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017.
Stock Appreciation Rights (“SSAR”)
Information about SSARs is summarized in the following table. Upon exercise of each SSAR, the holder will receive the
number of shares of Post common stock equal in value to the difference between the exercise price and the fair market value at
the date of exercise, less all applicable taxes. The total intrinsic value of SSARs exercised was $0.1, $0.6 and $5.1 in the years
ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. There were no SSARs granted during the years ended September 30,
2018, 2017 and 2016.
Stock-Settled
Stock
Appreciation
Rights
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term in Years
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Outstanding at September 30, 2017
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired
Outstanding at September 30, 2018
Vested and expected to vest as of September 30, 2018
Exercisable at September 30, 2018
$
137,831
—
(1,800)
—
—
136,031
136,031
136,031
41.63
—
18.10
—
—
41.94
41.94
41.94
$
4.73
4.73
4.73
7.6
7.6
7.6
90
Cash Settled Stock Appreciation Rights (“SAR”)
Information about SARs is summarized in the following table. There were no SARs granted during the years ended September
30, 2018, 2017 and 2016. Cash used by the Company to settle SARs was $5.0 and $0.7 for the years ended September 30, 2018
and 2016, respectively. There were no cash settlements of SARs for the year ended September 30, 2017.
Cash-Settled
Stock
Appreciation
Rights
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term in Years
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Outstanding at September 30, 2017
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired
Outstanding at September 30, 2018
Vested and expected to vest as of September 30, 2018
Exercisable at September 30, 2018
$
104,500
—
(102,000)
—
—
2,500
2,500
2,500
46.43
—
47.12
—
—
18.10
18.10
18.10
$
1.98
1.98
1.98
0.2
0.2
0.2
The fair value of each SAR was estimated for each reporting period using the Black-Scholes Model. The expected term is
estimated based on the award’s vesting period and contractual term, along with historical exercise behavior on similar awards.
Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility trends and other factors. The risk-free rate is the interpolated U.S. Treasury
rate for a term equal to the expected term. The following table presents the assumptions used to remeasure the fair value of
outstanding SARs at September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016.
Expected term
Expected stock price volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Expected dividends
Fair value (per right)
Stock Options
2018
0
21.5%
2.6%
0%
$79.94
2017
2.9
31.7%
1.6%
0%
$54.18
2016
3.8
32.4%
1.0%
0%
$44.44
Outstanding at September 30, 2017
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired
Outstanding at September 30, 2018
Vested and expected to vest as of September 30, 2018
Exercisable at September 30, 2018
$
Stock Options
4,198,500
248,206
(128,999)
(6,667)
—
4,311,040
4,311,040
3,647,330
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term in Years
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
45.36
80.04
45.12
71.32
—
47.32
47.32
43.67
$
5.63
5.63
5.24
218.6
218.6
198.3
The fair value of each stock option was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes Model. The Company uses
the simplified method for estimating a stock option term as it does not have sufficient historical share options exercise experience
upon which to estimate an expected term. The expected term is estimated based on the award’s vesting period and contractual
term. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility trends and other factors. The risk-free rate is the interpolated
U.S. Treasury rate for a term equal to the expected term. The weighted-average assumptions and fair values for stock options
granted during the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 are summarized in the table below.
91
Expected term
Expected stock price volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Expected dividends
Fair value (per option)
2018
6.5
30.7%
2.2%
0%
$28.52
2017
6.5
30.6%
1.9%
0%
$24.80
2016
6.5
29.1%
1.9%
0%
$20.22
The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $4.7, $17.6 and $5.1 in the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017
and 2016, respectively.
Restricted Stock Units
Nonvested at September 30, 2017
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Nonvested at September 30, 2018
Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value Per
Share
Restricted
Stock Units
$
730,040
478,325
(213,824)
(52,673)
941,868
63.55
80.19
60.99
75.01
71.94
The grant date fair value of each restricted stock award was determined based upon the closing price of the Company’s stock
on the date of grant. The total vest date fair value of restricted stock units that vested during fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $17.4,
$10.5 and $32.0, respectively.
In fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company granted 13,300, 10,200 and 15,000 restricted stock units to its non-management
members of the Board of Directors, respectively. Due to vesting provisions of these awards, the Company determined that 11,400,
8,500 and 12,500 of these awards granted in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, had subjective acceleration rights such that
the Company expensed the grant date fair value upon issuance and recognized related expense of $0.9 in the year ended September
30, 2018 and $0.7 in each of the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016.
Cash Settled Restricted Stock Units
Nonvested at September 30, 2017
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Nonvested at September 30, 2018
Cash-Settled
Restricted
Stock Units
Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value Per
Share
$
100,119
—
(38,537)
(1,330)
60,252
49.47
—
43.28
62.90
53.13
Cash settled restricted stock awards are liability awards and as such, their fair value is based upon the closing price of the
Company’s stock for each reporting period, with the exception of 49,000 cash settled restricted stock units that are valued at the
greater of the closing stock price or the grant price of $51.43. Cash used by the Company to settle restricted stock units was $3.2,
$4.1 and $5.9 for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
92
Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units (“PRSU”)
Nonvested at September 30, 2017
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Nonvested at September 30, 2018
Performance-
Based
Restricted
Stock Units
Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value Per
Share
— $
32,307
—
—
32,307
—
97.74
—
—
97.74
During the year ended September 30, 2018, the Company granted PRSUs to certain employees. These awards will be earned
by comparing the Company’s total shareholder return (“TSR”) during a three year period to the respective TSRs of companies in
a performance peer group. Based upon the Company’s ranking in its performance peer group when comparing TSRs, a recipient
of the PRSU grant may earn a total award ranging from 0% to 200% of the target award. The fair value of each PRSU was estimated
on the grant date using a Monte Carlo simulation. There were no PRSUs granted during the years ended September 30, 2017 and
2016. The assumptions for PRSUs granted during the year ended September 30, 2018 are summarized in the table below.
Expected term
Expected stock price volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Expected dividend yield
Deferred Compensation
2018
3.0
31.8%
1.8%
0%
Post provides deferred compensation plans for directors and key employees through which eligible participants may elect to
defer payment of all or a portion of their compensation, or with respect to key employee participants, all or a portion of their
eligible annual bonus until a later date based on the participant’s elections. Participant deferrals for employee participants may be
notionally invested in Post common stock equivalents (Equity Option) or into a number of funds operated by The Vanguard Group
Inc. with a variety of investment strategies and objectives (Vanguard Funds). In order to receive a 33.3% matching contribution,
deferrals for director participants must be made into Post common stock equivalents. Deferrals into the Equity Option are generally
distributed in Post stock for employees and cash for directors, while deferrals into the Vanguard Funds are distributed in cash.
There are no significant costs related to the administration of the deferred compensation plans. Post funds its deferred compensation
liability (potential cash distributions) by investing in the Vanguard Funds in the same amounts as selected by the participating
employees. Both realized and unrealized gains and losses on these investments are included in “Selling, general and administrative
expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and offset the related change in the deferred compensation liability. For
additional information, refer to Note 15.
NOTE 20 — TANGIBLE EQUITY UNITS
In May 2014, the Company completed a public offering of 2.875 TEUs, each with a stated value of $100.00. Each TEU was
comprised of a prepaid stock purchase contract and a senior amortizing note due June 1, 2017. The prepaid common stock purchase
contracts were recorded as additional paid-in capital, net of issuance costs, and the senior notes were recorded as long-term debt.
Issuance costs associated with the debt component were recorded as deferred financing costs within “Long-term debt” on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets and were amortized using the effective interest rate method over the term of the instrument to June
1, 2017. At September 30, 2018 and 2017, there was no long-term debt related to TEUs recorded on the Consolidated Balance
Sheets. Post allocated the proceeds from the issuance of the TEUs to equity and debt based on the relative fair values of the
respective components of each TEU. The proceeds received in the offering were $278.6, which were net of financing fees of $8.9.
The aggregate values assigned upon issuance of each component of the TEUs were as follows (amounts in millions except price
per TEU):
93
Price per TEU
Gross proceeds
Issuance costs
Net proceeds
Balance sheet impact (at issuance)
Long-term debt (deferred financing fees)
Current portion of long-term debt
Long-term debt
Additional paid-in capital
Equity
Component
85.48
$
245.7
$
(7.6)
238.1
$
Debt
Component
14.52
$
41.8
$
(1.3)
$
40.5
$
— $
—
—
238.1
1.3
13.3
28.5
—
$
$
$
$
TEUs
Total
100.00
287.5
(8.9)
278.6
1.3
13.3
28.5
238.1
The senior amortizing note component of each TEU’s initial principal amount of $14.5219 bore interest at 5.25% per annum
and had a final installment payment date on June 1, 2017. The Company paid equal quarterly cash installments of $1.3125 per
amortizing note on March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1 of each year. Payments commenced on September 1, 2014 and
ended on June 1, 2017. Each installment constituted a payment of interest and a partial repayment of principal. The senior amortizing
note component of the TEUs was repaid as of June 1, 2017 and the Company delivered 1.7114 shares of its common stock per
purchase contract.
Holders of TEUs, or their separated purchase contract components, settled 2.8 and 0.1 purchase contracts during the years
ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, for which the Company issued 4.7 and 0.2 shares of common stock during the
years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. All outstanding purchase contracts were settled as of September 30, 2017.
NOTE 21 — SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Preferred Stock
During the years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, the Company had two classes of preferred stock, the 2.5% Series C
Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred”) and the 3.75% Series B Cumulative Perpetual
Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred”). There are 50.0 preferred shares authorized.
Series C Preferred
The Series C Preferred has a $0.01 par value per share and a $100.00 liquidation value per share. There were 3.2 shares
outstanding at both September 30, 2018 and 2017. The Series C Preferred earns cumulative dividends at a rate of 2.5% per annum
payable quarterly on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15. The Series C Preferred is non-voting and ranks senior
to the Company’s outstanding common stock upon the Company’s dissolution or liquidation. The Series C Preferred has no maturity
date; however, holders of the Series C Preferred may convert their stock at an initial conversion rate of 1.8477 shares of the
Company’s common stock per share of convertible preferred stock, which is equivalent to a conversion price of $54.12 per share
of common stock.
On or after February 15, 2019, the Company may redeem all or some of the Series C Preferred at a redemption price equal to
100% of the liquidation preference per share, plus accrued and unpaid dividends to the redemption date if the closing sale price
of our common stock has been at least 150% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days during any 30 day
trading day period ending on, and including, the trading day immediately preceding the date of the redemption notice.
Series B Preferred
The Series B Preferred had a $0.01 par value per share and a $100.00 liquidation value per share. There were zero and 1.5
shares outstanding at September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Series B Preferred earned cumulative dividends at a rate
of 3.75% per annum payable quarterly on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15. The Series B Preferred was non-
voting and ranked senior to the Company’s outstanding common stock upon the Company’s dissolution or liquidation.
In December 2015, the Company and a holder of the Company’s Series B Preferred entered into an exchange agreement
pursuant to which the shareholder agreed to deliver 0.9 shares of the Series B Preferred to the Company in exchange for 2.0 shares
of common stock and $10.9 of cash. The number of shares of common stock exchanged in the transaction was based upon the
current conversion rate, under the Certificate of Designation, Rights and Preferences for the Series B Preferred, of 2.1192 shares
of common stock per share of Series B Preferred. For the year ended September 30, 2016, the cash paid increased “Preferred stock
dividends” on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
94
In the second quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company completed the redemption of its Series B Preferred. Substantially all of the
1.5 shares of Series B Preferred outstanding as of January 10, 2018, the date the redemption was announced, were converted into
3.1 shares of the Company’s common stock. The number of shares of common stock exchanged in the transaction was based upon
the current conversion rate, under the Certificate of Designation, Rights and Preferences for the Series B Preferred, of 2.1192
shares of common stock per share of Series B Preferred. The remaining shares of Series B Preferred were redeemed.
Common Stock
During the year ended September 30, 2018, the Company repurchased 2.8 shares of its common stock at an average share
price of $76.21 per share for a total cost of $218.7, including brokers’ commissions. During the year ended September 30, 2017,
the Company repurchased 4.0 shares of its common stock at an average share price of $79.53 per share for a total cost of $317.8,
including brokers’ commissions. These share repurchases were recorded as “Treasury stock, at cost” on the Consolidated Balance
Sheet.
In March 2016, the Company entered into a structured share repurchase arrangement which required cash payments totaling
$28.3, including transaction-related fees of $0.2. At the May 2016 expiration of the agreement, the market price of Post’s common
stock exceeded the pre-determined contract price, resulting in cash payments to the Company of $29.4.
NOTE 22 — SEGMENTS
During the second quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company reorganized its operating segments, which resulted in reorganized
reportable segments in accordance with ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting.” At September 30, 2018, the Company’s reportable
segments were as follows:
Post Consumer Brands: North American RTE cereal business;
•
• Weetabix: RTE cereal and the branded muesli business sold and distributed primarily outside of North America;
• Refrigerated Food: refrigerated foodservice, primarily egg and potato, and refrigerated retail, inclusive of side dishes,
egg, cheese and sausage;
• Active Nutrition: protein shakes, bars and powders and nutritional supplements; and
•
Private Brands: peanut and other nut butters, dried fruit and nut products, granola and pasta.
All historical segment results reported herein have been reclassified to conform with the September 30, 2018 presentation.
Management evaluates each segment’s performance based on its segment profit, which is its operating profit before impairment
of property, goodwill and other intangible assets, facility closure related costs, restructuring expenses, (gains)/losses on assets and
liabilities held for sale, (gains)/losses on sale of facilities and other unallocated corporate income and expenses.
Post’s external revenues were primarily generated by sales within the United States; foreign (primarily located in the United
Kingdom and Canada) sales were approximately 13% of total fiscal 2018 net sales. Sales are attributed to individual countries
based on the address to which the product is shipped.
As of September 30, 2018 and 2017, the majority of Post’s tangible long-lived assets were located in the United States; the
remainder are located primarily in the United Kingdom and Canada which combined have a net carrying value of approximately
$284.3 and $311.1, respectively. Additionally, the Company had tangible long-lived assets located in Canada of $12.4, which were
classified as held for sale at September 30, 2018.
In the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, one customer accounted for $784.6, $704.1 and $668.8, respectively,
or approximately 13%, of total net sales in each year. All segments, except Weetabix, sell products to this major customer.
The following tables present information about the Company’s reportable segments. In addition, the tables present net sales
by product. Note that “Additions to property and intangibles” excludes additions through business acquisitions (see Note 4).
Year Ended September 30,
2017
2016
2018
Net Sales
Post Consumer Brands
Weetabix
Refrigerated Food
Active Nutrition
Private Brands
Eliminations
Total
$ 1,831.7
423.4
2,337.9
827.5
848.9
(12.2)
$ 6,257.2
$ 1,742.5
112.4
1,870.8
713.2
791.2
(4.3)
$ 5,225.8
$ 1,728.2
—
1,917.4
574.7
811.1
(4.6)
$ 5,026.8
95
Year Ended September 30.
2017
2016
2018
Segment Profit
Post Consumer Brands
Weetabix
Refrigerated Food
Active Nutrition
Private Brands
Total segment profit
General corporate expenses and other
Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles
Interest expense, net
Loss on extinguishment of debt, net
(Income) expense on swaps, net
Earnings (loss) before income taxes and equity method loss
Net sales by product
Cereal and granola
Egg and egg products
Cheese and dairy
Side dishes
Sausage
Pasta
Protein-based products and supplements
Nut butters and dried fruit and nut
Other
Eliminations
Total
Additions to property and intangibles
Post Consumer Brands
Weetabix
Refrigerated Food
Active Nutrition
Private Brands
Corporate
Total
Depreciation and amortization
Post Consumer Brands
Weetabix
Refrigerated Food
Active Nutrition
Private Brands
Total segment depreciation and amortization
Corporate and accelerated depreciation
Total
Assets, end of year
Post Consumer Brands
Weetabix
Refrigerated Food
Active Nutrition
Private Brands
Corporate
Total
96
$
$
329.2
87.2
247.6
124.4
60.8
849.2
136.8
124.9
387.3
31.1
(95.6)
264.7
$
$
354.9
14.5
110.6
96.4
58.1
634.5
87.7
26.5
314.8
222.9
(91.8)
74.4
$
$
290.4
—
245.7
44.7
71.4
652.2
106.5
—
306.5
86.4
182.9
(30.1)
$ 2,351.2
1,542.8
248.6
398.2
96.0
258.4
827.5
487.5
53.0
(6.0)
$ 6,257.2
$ 1,963.9
1,419.1
259.4
192.3
—
249.4
713.2
432.5
—
(4.0)
$ 5,225.8
$ 1,838.5
1,417.0
320.9
179.5
—
270.6
574.7
429.1
—
(3.5)
$ 5,026.8
$
$
$
$
51.5
26.3
114.6
5.0
26.6
1.0
225.0
122.0
38.1
163.3
25.9
40.9
390.2
8.2
398.4
$
$
$
$
57.8
13.6
66.0
3.9
29.1
20.0
190.4
112.4
7.7
125.4
25.3
48.6
319.4
3.7
323.1
$
$
$
$
34.8
—
51.6
4.4
23.5
7.2
121.5
105.5
—
119.9
25.0
46.4
296.8
6.0
302.8
2018
September 30,
2017
2016
$ 3,391.7
1,853.3
5,132.4
559.3
1,055.3
1,065.5
$ 13,057.5
$ 3,440.5
2,048.9
3,176.0
581.3
1,054.9
1,575.2
$ 11,876.8
$ 3,387.0
—
3,099.3
624.8
1,054.7
1,194.8
$ 9,360.6
NOTE 23 — SUMMARY QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
Fiscal 2018
Net sales
Gross profit
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets
Net earnings (loss)
Net earnings (loss) available to common shareholders
Basic earnings (loss) per share
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
Fiscal 2017
Net sales
Gross profit
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets
Net earnings (loss)
Net earnings (loss) available to common shareholders
Basic earnings (loss) per share
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
$ 1,433.1
$ 1,586.1
$ 1,608.1
$ 1,629.9
451.7
—
294.9
291.5
4.42
3.82
$
$
475.7
461.4
—
91.5
88.9
1.33
1.20
$
$
—
96.5
94.5
1.41
1.29
$
$
478.0
124.9
(15.6)
(17.6)
(0.26)
(0.26)
$
$
$ 1,249.8
$ 1,255.4
$ 1,272.1
$ 1,448.5
379.2
—
101.8
98.4
1.42
1.27
$
$
364.1
393.7
—
(2.1)
(5.5 )
(0.08 ) $
(0.08 ) $
—
(59.4)
(62.8)
(0.93) $
(0.93) $
437.1
26.5
8.0
4.7
0.07
0.07
$
$
ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management, with the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) of the Company, has
evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the
Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that, as
of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide
reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives.
Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such
term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed
to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
In fiscal 2018, we completed the acquisition of Bob Evans Farms, Inc. (“Bob Evans”). We have excluded the portion of the
Bob Evans business, which was a purchase business combination, that was not integrated into the existing Michael Foods business
from our assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Total assets excluding goodwill and intangible
assets (which is included in control testing) for Bob Evans represent $292.9 million, or 2%, of consolidated assets as of September
30, 2018. Total third party revenues for Bob Evans represent $315.7 million, or 5%, of consolidated revenues for the year ended
September 30, 2018.
As of September 30, 2018, management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting based upon the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO) in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013). Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of its internal control over
financial reporting. Based on management's assessment utilizing these criteria, our management concluded that, as of September
30, 2018, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.
97
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2018 has been audited by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report, which appears herein.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We evaluated the changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended September
30, 2018 and concluded the following activity has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal
control over financial reporting.
In connection with the Company’s acquisition of Bob Evans in fiscal 2018, management is in the process of analyzing,
evaluating and, where necessary, implementing changes in controls and procedures. As a result, the process may result in additions
or changes to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Bob Evans is excluded from management’s report on internal
control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2018.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
Not applicable.
98
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information regarding directors under the headings “Election of Directors – Information about the Current Directors and
Nominees for Election to the Board of Directors,” “Corporate Governance – Board Meetings and Committees,” “Corporate
Governance – Nomination Process for Election of Directors” and “Security Ownership of Certain Shareholders – Section 16(a)
Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Company’s 2019 Notice of Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement is hereby
incorporated by reference. Information regarding executive officers of the Company is included in the “Executive Officers of the
Registrant” section under “Business” in Item 1 of this report.
The Company has adopted a code of ethics, our Code of Conduct, applicable to our directors, officers and employees, which
sets forth the Company’s expectations for the conduct of business by our directors, officers and employees. The Code of Conduct
is available on the Company’s website at www.postholdings.com. In the event the Company modifies this document or waivers
of compliance are granted to executive officers or directors, the Company will post such modifications or waivers on its website
or in a report on Form 8-K.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Information appearing under the headings “Compensation of Officers and Directors,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks
and Insider Participation” and “Corporate Governance and Compensation Committee Report” in the Company’s 2019 Notice of
Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement is hereby incorporated by reference.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS
The discussion of the security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management appearing under the headings “Security
Ownership of Certain Shareholders” and equity compensation plan information under the heading “Compensation of Officers and
Directors – Equity Compensation Plan Information” in the Company’s 2019 Notice of Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement is
hereby incorporated by reference.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Information appearing under the headings “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Corporate Governance –
Director Independence and Role of the Independent Lead Director” in the Company’s 2019 Notice of Annual Meeting and Proxy
Statement is hereby incorporated by reference.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information under the heading “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the
Company’s 2019 Notice of Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement is hereby incorporated by reference.
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
Documents filed as a part of this report:
1. Financial Statements. The following are filed as a part of this document under Item 8.
• Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
• Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016
• Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016
• Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2018 and 2017
• Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016
• Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016
• Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
2. Financial Statement Schedules. None. Schedules not included have been omitted because they are not applicable or the
required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
3. Exhibits. See the Exhibit Index that appears at the end of this document and which is incorporated herein.
99
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, Post Holdings, Inc. has
duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
POST HOLDINGS, INC.
By:
/s/ Robert V. Vitale
Robert V. Vitale
President and Chief Executive Officer
November 16, 2018
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jeff A.
Zadoks and Diedre J. Gray, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and
resolution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this report,
and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and
necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby
ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ Robert V. Vitale
Robert V. Vitale
/s/ Jeff A. Zadoks
Jeff A. Zadoks
/s/ William P. Stiritz
William P. Stiritz
/s/ Jay W. Brown
Jay W. Brown
/s/ Edwin H. Callison
Edwin H. Callison
/s/ Gregory L. Curl
Gregory L. Curl
/s/ Robert E. Grote
Robert E. Grote
/s/ Ellen F. Harshman
Ellen F. Harshman
/s/ David W. Kemper
David W. Kemper
/s/ David P. Skarie
David P. Skarie
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
November 16, 2018
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)
November 16, 2018
Chairman of the Board
November 16, 2018
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
100
November 16, 2018
November 16, 2018
November 16, 2018
November 16, 2018
November 16, 2018
November 16, 2018
November 16, 2018
Corporate and
Shareholder Information
Executive Officers
Notice of Annual Meeting
Corporate Headquarters
Robert V. Vitale
President and Chief Executive Officer
Jeff A. Zadoks
Executive VP and Chief Financial Officer
Diedre J. Gray
Executive VP, General Counsel and
Chief Administrative Officer, Secretary
Howard A. Friedman
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Post Consumer Brands
Mark W. Westphal
President, Michael Foods
Board of Directors
Jay W. Brown
Edwin H. Callison
Gregory L. Curl
Ellen F. Harshman
Robert E. Grote
David W. Kemper
David P. Skarie
William P. Stiritz, Chairman
Robert V. Vitale
The 2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders will be held
at The Ritz-Carlton, St. Louis, 100 Carondelet Plaza,
St. Louis, Missouri 63105 at 9:00 a.m. Central Time,
Thursday, January 24, 2019.
Post Holdings, Inc.
2503 South Hanley Road
Saint Louis, MO 63144
314-644-7600
www.postholdings.com
Transfer Agent and Registrar:
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
www.computershare.com
Shareholder Telephone Calls:
Operators are available Monday-Friday, 8:30 a.m. to
5:00 p.m. Central Time. An interactive automated
system is available around the clock daily.
Inside the U.S.:
Outside the U.S.: 312-360-5193
877-498-8861
Mailing Address:
For questions regarding stock transfer, change of
address or lost certificates by regular mail:
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
P.O. Box 505000
Louisville, KY 40233
To deliver stock certificates by courier:
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600
Louisville, KY 40202
Independent registered public accounting firm:
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Additional Information
You can access financial and other information
about Post Holdings, Inc. at www.postholdings.com,
including press releases and proxy materials; Forms
10-K, 10-Q and 8-K as filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission; and information on Corporate
Governance such as our Code of Conduct and charters
of Board committees. You can also request that any
of these materials be mailed to you at no charge by
calling or writing:
Post Holdings, Inc.
Attn: Shareholder Services
2503 South Hanley Road
Saint Louis, Missouri 63144
Telephone: 314-644-7600
1.
Certain financial measures presented herein are non-GAAP measures, including Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted net earnings (loss) available to common shareholders, Adjusted diluted earnings (loss) per
common share and free cash flow. Non-GAAP measures are not prepared in accordance with GAAP, as they exclude certain items, and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other
companies. Management uses certain non-GAAP measures, including Adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow, as key metrics in the evaluation of underlying Company and segment performance, in making
financial, operating and planning decisions, and, in part, in the determination of cash bonuses for its executive officers and employees. Management believes the use of non-GAAP measures provides
increased transparency and assists investors in understanding the underlying operating performance of the Company and its segments and in the analysis of ongoing operating trends. The Company
believes Adjusted net earnings (loss) available to common shareholders and Adjusted diluted earnings (loss) per common share are useful to investors in evaluating the Company’s operating performance
because they exclude items that affect the comparability of the Company’s financial results and could potentially distort an understanding of the trends in business performance. Adjusted net earnings
(loss) available to common shareholders and Adjusted diluted earnings (loss) per common share are adjusted for the following items: non-cash mark-to-market adjustments and cash settlements on
interest rate and cross-currency swaps; payments of debt extinguishment costs, net; impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets; transaction costs; integration costs; provision for legal settlement;
net foreign currency gains and losses for purchase price of acquisition; restructuring and plant closure costs, including accelerated depreciation; assets held for sale; inventory valuation adjustments on
acquired businesses; mark-to-market adjustments on commodity and foreign currency hedges; gain on sale of business and/or plant; foreign currency gains and losses on intercompany loans; gain from
insurance and indemnification proceeds; purchase price adjustment on acquisition; gain on change in fair value of acquisition earn-out; spin-off costs/post spin-off costs; losses on hedge of purchase price
of foreign currency denominated acquisitions; tax; U.S. tax reform net benefit and preferred stock. The Company believes that Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating the Company’s operating
performance and liquidity because (i) we believe it is widely used to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items such as depreciation and amortization, which can vary depending
upon accounting methods and the book value of assets, (ii) it presents a measure of corporate performance exclusive of the Company’s capital structure and the method by which the assets were
acquired, and (iii) it is a financial indicator of a company’s ability to service its debt, as the Company is required to comply with certain covenants and limitations that are based on variations of EBITDA in
the Company’s financing documents. Adjusted EBITDA reflects adjustments for interest expense, net, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization, including accelerated depreciation, and
for the following items: non-cash mark-to-market adjustments and cash settlements on interest rate and cross-currency swaps; impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets; transaction costs;
integration costs; provision for legal settlement; net foreign currency gains and losses for purchase price of acquisition; restructuring and plant closure costs excluding accelerated depreciation; assets
held for sale; inventory valuation adjustments on acquired businesses; mark-to-market adjustments on commodity and foreign currency hedges; gain on sale of business and/or plant; foreign currency
gains and losses on intercompany loans; gain from insurance and indemnification proceeds; purchase price adjustment on acquisition; gain on change in fair value of acquisition earn-out; spin-off costs/
post spin-off costs; losses on hedge of purchase price of foreign currency denominated acquisitions; loss on extinguishment of debt, net; non-cash stock-based compensation; noncontrolling interest
adjustment and equity method investment adjustment. Free cash flow is a non-GAAP measure which represents cash flow from operating activities less capital expenditures. For a reconciliation of
non-GAAP measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, see our press releases posted on our website.
2. ACNielsen xAOC, 52 weeks ended October 3, 2015 – September 29, 2018. U.S. data only.
3. Dollar share per ACNielsen xAOC, 52 weeks ended September 29, 2018.
4. Dinner sides category per IRI; volumes for the 52 weeks ended October 6, 2013 – October 7, 2018. Total U.S. MULO.
5. Per Nielsen Scantrack, 52 weeks ended October 6, 2018.
6. Per Kanter Worldpanel, 52 weeks ended October 6, 2018.
7. Management estimates.
8. Dinner sides category per IRI; 52 weeks ended October 7, 2018. Total U.S. MULO.
2503 South Hanley Road St. Louis, MO 63144
www.postholdings.com